Document:

EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

INDENTURE 
 among 

OPEN TEXT CORPORATION, 
 EACH OF
THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, 
 and 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as U.S. Trustee, 

and 
 BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA,
as Canadian Trustee 
 dated as of February 18, 2020 

 Table of Contents 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE 1	 
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	 
			
	Section 1.1	  	Definitions	  	 	1	 
	Section 1.2	  	Other Definitions	  	 	12	 
	Section 1.3	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	13	 
	Section 1.4	  	Acts of Holders	  	 	14	 
	
	ARTICLE 2	 
	
	THE NOTES	 
			
	Section 2.1	  	Form and Dating	  	 	16	 
	Section 2.2	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	17	 
	Section 2.3	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	18	 
	Section 2.4	  	Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust	  	 	18	 
	Section 2.5	  	Holder Lists	  	 	19	 
	Section 2.6	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	19	 
	Section 2.7	  	Definitive Registered Notes	  	 	26	 
	Section 2.8	  	Replacement Notes	  	 	27	 
	Section 2.9	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	27	 
	Section 2.10	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	27	 
	Section 2.11	  	Defaulted Interest	  	 	27	 
	Section 2.12	  	Cancellation	  	 	28	 
	Section 2.13	  	Additional Amounts	  	 	28	 
	Section 2.14	  	CUSIP Numbers	  	 	31	 
	Section 2.15	  	Issuance of Additional Notes	  	 	31	 
	Section 2.16	  	Computation of Interest	  	 	32	 
	
	ARTICLE 3	 
	
	REDEMPTION	 
			
	Section 3.1	  	Notices to the Trustees	  	 	32	 
	Section 3.2	  	Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed	  	 	32	 
	Section 3.3	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	33	 
	Section 3.4	  	Notice of Redemption	  	 	33	 
	Section 3.5	  	Tax Redemption	  	 	34	 
	Section 3.6	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	35	 
	Section 3.7	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	35	 

  
 i 

							
	ARTICLE 4	 
	
	COVENANTS	 
			
	Section 4.1	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	35	 
	Section 4.2	  	Reports	  	 	36	 
	Section 4.3	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	37	 
	Section 4.4	  	[Reserved]	  	 	37	 
	Section 4.5	  	Limitation on Liens	  	 	38	 
	Section 4.6	  	Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions	  	 	41	 
	Section 4.7	  	Limitation on Non-Guarantor Subsidiary Debt	  	 	43	 
	Section 4.8	  	[Reserved]	  	 	45	 
	Section 4.9	  	Change of Control Triggering Event	  	 	45	 
	
	ARTICLE 5	 
	
	SUCCESSORS	 
			
	Section 5.1	  	Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets	  	 	47	 
	
	ARTICLE 6	 
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	 
			
	Section 6.1	  	Events of Default	  	 	49	 
	Section 6.2	  	Acceleration	  	 	51	 
	Section 6.3	  	Other Remedies	  	 	51	 
	Section 6.4	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	51	 
	Section 6.5	  	Control by Majority	  	 	51	 
	Section 6.6	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	52	 
	Section 6.7	  	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	52	 
	Section 6.8	  	Collection Suit by U.S. Trustee	  	 	53	 
	Section 6.9	  	Trustees May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	53	 
	Section 6.10	  	Priorities	  	 	53	 
	Section 6.11	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	53	 
	Section 6.12	  	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	 	54	 
	
	ARTICLE 7	 
	
	TRUSTEES	 
			
	Section 7.1	  	Duties of U.S. Trustee	  	 	54	 
	Section 7.2	  	Rights of U.S. Trustee	  	 	55	 
	Section 7.3	  	Individual Rights of the U.S. Trustee	  	 	58	 
	Section 7.4	  	U.S. Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	58	 
	Section 7.5	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	58	 
	Section 7.6	  	[Reserved]	  	 	58	 

  
 ii 

							
	Section 7.7	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	58	 
	Section 7.8	  	Replacement of Trustees	  	 	59	 
	Section 7.9	  	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	60	 
	Section 7.10	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	61	 
	Section 7.11	  	No Liability for Co-Trustee	  	 	61	 
	Section 7.12	  	Limitation on Trustees’ Liability	  	 	61	 
	
	ARTICLE 8	 
	
	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	 
			
	Section 8.1	  	Discharge of Liability On Notes; Defeasance	  	 	61	 
	Section 8.2	  	Conditions to Defeasance	  	 	63	 
	Section 8.3	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	64	 
	Section 8.4	  	Repayment to Company	  	 	64	 
	Section 8.5	  	Reinstatement	  	 	65	 
	
	ARTICLE 9	 
	
	AMENDMENTS	 
			
	Section 9.1	  	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	65	 
	Section 9.2	  	With Consent of Holders; Waiver	  	 	66	 
	Section 9.3	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	 	68	 
	Section 9.4	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	68	 
	Section 9.5	  	Trustees To Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	68	 
	
	ARTICLE 10	 
	
	SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES	 
			
	Section 10.1	  	Subsidiary Guarantees	  	 	69	 
	Section 10.2	  	Limitation on Liability	  	 	71	 
	Section 10.3	  	Successors and Assigns	  	 	71	 
	Section 10.4	  	No Waiver	  	 	71	 
	Section 10.5	  	Modification	  	 	71	 
	Section 10.6	  	Release of Subsidiary Guarantor	  	 	72	 
	Section 10.7	  	Execution of Guarantee Agreement for Future Subsidiary Guarantors	  	 	72	 
	Section 10.8	  	Non-Impairment	  	 	72	 
	Section 10.9	  	Contribution	  	 	73	 
	
	ARTICLE 11	 
	
	MISCELLANEOUS	 
			
	Section 11.1	  	[Reserved]	  	 	73	 
	Section 11.2	  	Notices	  	 	73	 
	Section 11.3	  	Trustee Instructions	  	 	74	 

  
 iii 

							
	Section 11.4	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	75	 
	Section 11.5	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	75	 
	Section 11.6	  	When Notes Disregarded	  	 	76	 
	Section 11.7	  	Rules by U.S. Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	76	 
	Section 11.8	  	Business Days	  	 	76	 
	Section 11.9	  	Governing Law	  	 	76	 
	Section 11.10	  	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	76	 
	Section 11.11	  	Successors	  	 	76	 
	Section 11.12	  	Multiple Originals	  	 	77	 
	Section 11.13	  	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	77	 
	Section 11.14	  	WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY	  	 	77	 
	Section 11.15	  	Force Majeure	  	 	77	 
	Section 11.16	  	USA Patriot Act Compliance	  	 	77	 
	Section 11.17	  	Submission to Jurisdiction	  	 	77	 
	Section 11.18	  	Waiver of Immunity	  	 	78	 
	Section 11.19	  	Conversion of Currency	  	 	78	 

 Exhibit A — Form of Note 

Exhibit B — Form of Supplemental Indenture 

  
 iv 

 INDENTURE dated as of February 18, 2020, among OPEN TEXT CORPORATION, a corporation
organized under the laws of Canada (the “Company”), each SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as the U.S. trustee (the
“U.S. Trustee”), and BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as Canadian trustee (the “Canadian Trustee”). 
 Each
party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of (a) the Company’s 3.875% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Original Notes”), and (b) any Additional Notes
(as defined herein) that may be issued (all such Notes in clauses (a) and (b) being referred to collectively as the “Notes”). 

ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.1 Definitions. 

“2018 Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement, dated as of May 30, 2018, among the Company, as borrower, the other
guarantors party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as sole administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders named therein, as amended, restated, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise), refinanced, supplemented, modified or
otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time. 

“Additional Notes” means 3.875% Senior Notes due 2028 issued under the terms of this Indenture after the Issue Date and in
compliance with Section 2.15. 
 “Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, (a) the
yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity
corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after February 15, 2023, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and
the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (b) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the
calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for
such redemption date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the redemption date, plus 0.50%. 

  
 -1- 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or
indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management
and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Applicable Premium” means with respect to a Note at any redemption date the excess of (if any) (a) the present value at
such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on February 15, 2023 (such redemption price being described in the second paragraph of Section 5 of the Notes, exclusive of any accrued interest) plus (ii) all
required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through February 15, 2023 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed by the Company using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate,
over (b) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to
any payment, tender, redemption, transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in
effect from time to time. 
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of
determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction
(including any period for which such lease has been extended). 
 “Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person,
the Board of Directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors or, in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, the group exercising the authority generally vested in a board of
directors of a corporation. 
 “Business Day” means each day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or Toronto, Ontario. 
 “Canadian Trustee” means BNY
Trust Company of Canada until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Canadian Securities Laws”
means all applicable securities laws in each of the provinces of Canada, including, without limitation, the Province of Ontario, and the respective regulations and rules under such laws together with applicable published rules, policy statements,
blanket orders, instruments, rules and notices of the securities regulatory authorities in such provinces. 
 “Capital
Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests (including partnership, membership, beneficial, limited liability or other ownership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or
interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 

  
 -2- 

 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(a) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act,
proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) that any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or has become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (or its successor by merger,
amalgamation, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets); provided, that a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control under this clause (a) if (i) the Company becomes a direct or indirect
wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company, and (ii)(1) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock
immediately prior to that transaction or (2) immediately following that transaction no “person” or “group” (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this clause) is the beneficial owner, directly or
indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company; or; 
 (b) the merger, amalgamation or
consolidation of the Company with or into another Person or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of another Person with or into the Company, or the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger,
amalgamation or consolidation, in one or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Company (determined on a consolidated basis) to another Person other than a transaction, in the case of a merger, amalgamation
or consolidation transaction, following which holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (or other securities into which such securities are converted as part of such merger,
amalgamation or consolidation transaction) own directly or indirectly at least 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger, amalgamation or consolidation transaction immediately after giving effect to such
transaction. 
 “Change of Control Triggering Event” means, with respect to the Notes, (a) the consummation of a
Change of Control, (b) the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any date during the period (the “Trigger Period”) commencing on the first public announcement of any Change of
Control (or pending Change of Control) and ending 30 days following consummation of such Change of Control (which period will be extended following consummation of a Change of Control for so long as any of the Rating Agencies has publicly announced
that it is considering a possible ratings downgrade) or the rating of the Notes is withdrawn within the Trigger Period by each of the Rating Agencies and (c) the rating of the Notes is lowered by any of the Rating Agencies during the Trigger
Period; provided that a Change of Control Trigger Event will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control if each Rating Agency making the reduction in rating does not publicly announce or confirm or inform the
Trustees at the Company’s request that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the Change of Control. For the avoidance of doubt, no Change of
Control Triggering Event will be deemed to have occurred in connection with any particular Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated. 

  
 -3- 

 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or
any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Company” means the party named as such in the Preamble hereto until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the
successor. 
 “Company Order” means a written request in the name of the Company delivered to the applicable Trustee(s) and
signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by
the Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes from the redemption date to February 15, 2023, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in
pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of a maturity most nearly equal to February 15, 2023. 
 “Comparable Treasury
Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, if clause (b) of the definition of Adjusted Treasury Rate is applicable, the average of three, or such lesser number as is obtained by the Company, Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations
for such redemption date. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, at any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated
Net Income of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed Measurement Period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income (without
duplication): (i) consolidated interest expense for such period, (ii) consolidated income tax expense for such period, (iii) consolidated depreciation and amortization expense for such period, (iv) costs and charges related to
restructuring initiatives, workforce reductions, abandonment of excess facilities, integration costs related to mergers and acquisitions and other similar costs and charges, including items set forth under the caption “Special Charges
(Recoveries)” on the consolidated statement of income in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, to the extent incurred during such period, and similar
items incurred during future Measurement Periods, (v) items set forth under the caption “Interest and Other Related Expenses, Net” on the consolidated statement of income in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, to the extent incurred during such period, and similar items incurred during future Measurement Periods, (vi) share or share-based compensation expense;
(vii) Financing Costs incurred during such period, (viii) any asset impairment or write down charge incurred during such period and (ix) any non-recurring
non-cash items decreasing Consolidated Net Income during such period (including, for the avoidance of doubt, deferred revenue deducted in acquisition accounting), provided that if any such non-recurring non-cash items represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be
subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to such extent; and decreased by (x) items set forth under the caption “Other income (expense), Net” in the consolidated statement of income in the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, to the extent incurred during such period, and similar items incurred during future Measurement Periods, (xi) interest income (except to the extent
deducted in determining consolidated interest expense) for such period and (xii) any non-recurring non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such
period, all as determined at such time in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 -4- 

 For purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA: (1) acquisitions, dispositions,
mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations that involve consideration in excess of $30,000,000 (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that the Company or any Subsidiary has made during the Measurement Period or subsequent to
the Measurement Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the date the Secured Net Debt Ratio is calculated shall be given pro forma effect assuming that all such acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations or
discontinued operations (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period, and (2) whenever pro forma effect is
to be given to any event set forth in clause (1) of this definition, calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and may include reasonably identifiable and factually supportable
adjustments appropriate, in the good faith determination of the Company, to reflect expense reductions, cost savings and synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event within 12 months of the date the applicable event is
consummated. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any Measurement Period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its
Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that the following (without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income: (a) the net income (but not loss) of any
Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of such net income would not have been permitted for the relevant period by charter or by any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary; (b) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to sales of assets or the
extinguishment of debt; (c) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses; and (d) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means with respect to the U.S. Trustee, the office of the U.S. Trustee at which the corporate trust
business of the U.S. Trustee is principally administered, which at the date of this Indenture is located at 240 Greenwich Street, 7th Floor East, New York, New York, 10286. 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including the Senior Credit Facilities), commercial paper facilities
or similar agreements, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving loans, term loans, debt securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose
entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated,
replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise), refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time. 

  
 -5- 

 “Custodian” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian with respect to
the Global Notes, or any successor entity. 
 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Registered Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the
Holder thereof and issued or exchanged in accordance with Section 2.7 (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 

“Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exempted Debt” means, without duplication, (a) all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries which is secured by
a Lien incurred and outstanding under Section 4.5(b)(i)–(xxv) and (b) all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions Incurred and outstanding under Section 4.6(b). 

“Financing Costs” means fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with any offering or
proposed offering of securities, any borrowing or proposed borrowing, any prepayment or repayment of indebtedness (including any tender or exchange offer) or any breakage costs relating to any Hedging Obligations. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, including those
set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or any successor thereto), the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or
any successor thereto) or the statements and pronouncements of the SEC, in each case applicable to companies subject to reporting under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Unless otherwise specified, all computations, contained in this
Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP, except that the Company may elect to treat for any determination under this Indenture as an operating lease any arrangement, whether entered into on or after the Issue Date, that would have
constituted an operating lease under GAAP in effect on May 31, 2016 notwithstanding any change in its treatment under GAAP after May 31, 2016. At any time after May 31, 2016, the Company may elect to apply International Financial
Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto applicable to companies subject to reporting under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (“IFRS”) in lieu of GAAP and,
upon any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS on the date of such election; provided that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that
include fiscal quarters ended prior to Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 -6- 

 “Global Notes Legend” means the legends set forth under that caption in
Exhibit A to this Indenture. 
 “Guarantee Agreement” means a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, substantially in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, entered into following the Issue Date, pursuant to which a Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes on the terms provided for in this Indenture; provided that Subsidiary
Guarantors that are party to this Indenture shall not be required to enter into a Guarantee Agreement. 
 “Hedging
Obligations” of any Person means (a) the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement with respect to currency values, whether
or not such transaction is governed by, or subject to, any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master
agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (and such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master
Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. 
 “Holder” means the
Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “IFRS” has the meaning specified in the
definition of GAAP. 
 “Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided,
however, that any Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a
Subsidiary. The term “Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. 
 “Indebtedness”
means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination obligations of such person for borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Intellectual Property” means domestic and foreign: (a) patents, applications for patents and reissues, divisions,
continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part of patents or patent applications; (b) proprietary confidential business information, including
inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, trade secrets, confidential information, and any other proprietary confidential improvements, discoveries, know-how, methods, processes, designs,
technology, technical data, schematics, formulae and customer lists, and documentation relating to any of the foregoing; (c) copyrights, copyright registrations and applications for copyright registration; (d) mask works, mask work
registrations and applications for mask work registrations; (e) designs, design registrations, design registration applications and integrated circuit topographies; (f) trade names, business names, corporate names, domain names, website
names and world wide web addresses, common law trade-marks, trade-mark registrations, trade mark applications, trade addresses and logos, and the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing; and (g) computer software and programs (both source
code and object code form), all proprietary rights in the computer software and programs and in all documentation related to the computer software and programs. 

  
 -7- 

 “Interest Payment Date” means each February 15 and August 15,
beginning on August 15, 2020 and until February 15, 2028. 
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate
swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement with respect to exposure to interest rates. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent), in the case of Moody’s, BBB- (or the equivalent), in the case of S&P, or an equivalent rating, in the case of any other applicable Rating Agency. 

“Issue Date” means the first date of issuance of Notes under this Indenture. 

“Lien” means mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge or other encumbrance. 

“Material Indebtedness” means, without duplication, any Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount equal to or greater
than $150.0 million. 
 “Measurement Period” means the most recently completed four fiscal quarters for which
financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered). 
 “Moody’s” means
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the
offering memorandum dated February 3, 2020 related to the offer and sale of the Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman
of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Legal Officer, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the
Secretary or any Assistant Secretaries of the Company. Officer of any Subsidiary has a correlative meaning. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by any two Officers and delivered to the Trustees. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustees (who may be an
employee of or counsel to the Company), subject to customary assumptions and qualifications. 
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

  
 -8- 

 “Preferred Stock” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person,
Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over
shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 
 “principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note
plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time. 
 “Principal
Property” means, any of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries (a) Intellectual Property and (b) interests in any kind of other property or asset (including, without limitation, contract rights to royalty and licensing agreements
with respect to Intellectual Property, office space or other facility owned or leased as of the Issue Date or acquired or leased by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company after such date, capital stock in and other securities of any other
Person), except, in each case, such Intellectual Property or interests as the Company’s Board of Directors by resolution determines in good faith not to be material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. With
respect to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction or series of related Sale/Leaseback Transactions, the determination of whether any property is a Principal Property shall be determined by reference to all properties affected by such transaction or series
of transactions. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means (a) with respect to the Original Notes issued on the Issue Date, the
Purchase Agreement dated February 3, 2020, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Barclays Capital Inc., as representative of the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule I thereto and (b) with respect to each issuance of
Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Company and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Equity Offering” means any public or private issuance and sale of the Company’s common shares by the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Qualified Equity Offering” shall not include: 
 (a) any issuance and sale
with respect to common stock registered on Form S-4, Form F-4 or Form S-8, and, if utilized in connection with an exchange offer,
Form F-8, Form F-10 or Form F-80; or 

(b) any issuance and sale to any subsidiary of the Company. 

“Quotation Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer selected by the Company and identified to the Trustees by written
notice from the Company. 
 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall
not make a rating publicly available on the Notes, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (with prior notice to the Trustees) which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P
or both, as the case may be. 

  
 -9- 

 “Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of Barclays Capital Inc. and its
successors and assigns and two other nationally recognized investment banking firms selected by the Company and identified to the Trustees by written notice from the Company that are primary U.S. Government securities dealers. 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the
average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer
at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding such redemption date. 
 “Regulation S”
means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Notes” means all Notes offered and sold outside the United
States in reliance on Regulation S. 
 “Responsible Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to a Trustee or Paying
Agent, any officer having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge
and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Period”, with respect to any Regulation S Notes, means the
period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Regulation S Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on
Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the U.S. Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date with respect to such Regulation S Notes. 

“Revolver” means the fourth amended and restated credit agreement dated as of October 31, 2019 by and among Open
Text ULC, Open Text Holdings, Inc. and the Company, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and Royal Bank of Canada, as
documentary credit lender, as further amended, restated, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise), refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions,
covenants and other provisions) from time to time. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any
successor to its rating agency business. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Net Debt” of any Person means, at any date of determination, (a) Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any property
or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Attributable Debt in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction), or on any income or profits therefrom, or any assignment or conveyance of any right to
receive income therefrom, minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents of the Company and its Subsidiaries on such date that would not appear as “restricted” on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company
and its Subsidiaries. 

  
 -10- 

 “Secured Net Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio
of the Company and its Subsidiaries’ Secured Net Debt, determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, as of that date to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period. 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Credit Facilities” means the 2018 Credit Agreement and the Revolver, each, as amended, restated, replaced (whether
upon or after termination or otherwise), refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the
meaning of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and, for purposes of determining whether an Event of Default has occurred, any group of Subsidiary
Guarantors that combined would be such a Significant Subsidiary. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security,
the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of
such security at the option of the Holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred). 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which
more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (c) one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantee” means a guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s
obligations with respect to the Notes. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes this
Indenture as a Guarantor on the Issue Date and each other Subsidiary of the Company that thereafter guarantees the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture until such time as its Subsidiary Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Registered Notes and any other Notes that bear or are
required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Transfer Date” means, for any transfer or sale of Notes, the date upon
which that transfer or sale is completed. 

  
 -11- 

 “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of
United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for
redemption (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then remaining average life to February 15, 2023, provided, however, that if the
average life to February 15, 2023 of the Notes is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the
nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the average life to February 15, 2023 of the Notes is
less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Trustees” mean the U.S. Trustee and the Canadian Trustee. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such
obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable at the issuer’s option. 

“U.S. Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof. 
 Section 1.2
Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	2.13(b)
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c)
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	6.1
	 “Canadian Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.6(e)(i)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.9(b)
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.1(b)
	 “Cross Acceleration Provision”
	  	6.1(h)
	 “Custodian”
	  	6.1(i)
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.1
	 “Expiration Date”
	  	4.9(b)(iii)
	 “FATCA”
	  	2.13(b)(ix)
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.1(a)
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.1(b)
	 “Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Original Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.3(a)

  
 -12- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Principal Payment Default”
	  	6.1(h)
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	4.9(b)(iii)
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3(a)
	 “Regulation S Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”
	  	2.13(a)
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.6(e)(i)
	 “Rule 144A Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction”
	  	4.6(a)
	 “Tax Redemption Date”
	  	3.5
	 “Taxes”
	  	2.13(a)

 Section 1.3 Rules of Construction. 

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(iii) “or” is not exclusive; 

(iv) “including” means including without limitation; 

(v) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(vi) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(vii) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute,
replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (viii) any reference to an
“Article”, “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; 

(ix) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its
nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
 (x) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any
date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(xi) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (A) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or
(B) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; and 

  
 -13- 

 (xii) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall
refer to the Issue Date. 
 (b) For the avoidance of doubt, the existence of any exception to any covenant of the Company or any Subsidiary
shall not imply that the matter covered by such exception is restricted or prohibited by such covenant. 
 Section 1.4 Acts of
Holders. 
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be
given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such
action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the applicable Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors. Proof of execution of any such
instrument or writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.1) conclusive in favor of the Trustees, the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.4. 
 (b) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Register. 

(c) The Company may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to make, give or take any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on any action authorized or permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the Company may not set a record date for, and the
provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in clause (d) below. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (c), the Holders on such
record date, and only such Holders, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any action), whether or not such Holders remain Holders
after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable expiration date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected Holder, as
applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable expiration date to be given
to the Trustees in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 11.2. No act will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date. 

(d) The U.S. Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of
(1) any notice of default under Section 6.1, (2) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.2, (3) any direction referred to in Section 6.5 or (4) any request to pursue a remedy referred to in
Section 6.6(a)(ii). If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain
Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be 

  
 -14- 

 
effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable expiration date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such
record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustees, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable expiration date to be given to the
Company and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 11.2. No act will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date. 

(e) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to
all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder
or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part. 

(f) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or
take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global
Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 

(g) The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note
held by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action under this
Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies shall be entitled to make, give
or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note after such record date. No such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable expiration date. No act will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date.

 (h) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.4, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any
day as the “expiration date” and from time to time may change the expiration date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new expiration date is given to the other party
hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 11.2, on or prior to both the existing and the new expiration date. If an expiration date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this
Section 1.4, the party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 30th day after such record date as the expiration date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the expiration date as
provided in this clause (h). No changed expiration date shall be more than 90 days from the initial expiration date. 

  
 -15- 

 (i) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted
by either of the Trustees, the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 

ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES

 Section 2.1 Form and Dating. 

(a) The (i) Original Notes and the U.S. Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes (if issued as
Transfer Restricted Notes) and the U.S. Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the
Company but which notation, legend or endorsement does not affect the rights, duties or obligations of either of the Trustees). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without
interest coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The terms of the Notes set forth in the Exhibits hereto are part of the terms of this Indenture. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes issued on the Issue Date shall be (A) offered and sold by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and
(B) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws. Such Notes may
thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws. Additional Notes offered after the Issue Date may be offered and sold by the Company from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and applicable law. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in their initial
distribution in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in registered form without interest coupons attached (“Rule 144A Global Notes”) deposited with the U.S. Trustee as custodian for the
Depositary and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the U.S. Trustee as herein provided, for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of beneficial
owners of the Notes represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct). Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in registered form without
interest coupons attached (“Regulation S Global Notes” 

  
 -16- 

 
and, collectively with the 144A Global Notes, the “Global Notes”) deposited with the U.S. Trustee as custodian for the Depositary and registered in the name of Cede &
Co., as nominee for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the U.S. Trustee as herein provided, for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of beneficial owners of the Notes represented thereby (or such other
accounts as they may direct). The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Custodian and the Depositary or its nominee and on the schedules thereto as
hereinafter provided. 
 (c) Book Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or on
behalf of the Depositary. 
 The Company shall execute and the U.S. Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c), authenticate
and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the U.S. Trustee to such
Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the U.S. Trustee as Custodian. 
 Members of, or participants in,
the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the U.S. Trustee as the Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary
may be treated by the Company, the U.S. Trustee and any agent of the Company or the U.S. Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the U.S.
Trustee or any agent of the Company or the U.S. Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary
practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (d)
Definitive Registered Notes. Except as otherwise provided herein, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Registered Notes. 

Section 2.2 Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an
Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the U.S. Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the U.S. Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The
signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 On the Issue Date, the U.S. Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver $900.0 million of 3.875% Senior Notes due 2028 and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in a
Company Order. Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Additional Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the issue of Additional Notes is to be authenticated. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. 

  
 -17- 

 The U.S. Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to
authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Responsible Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may
authenticate Notes whenever the U.S. Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the U.S. Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent
for service of notices and demands. 
 Section 2.3 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the
“Register”). The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent, and the
term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The Company initially appoints the U.S. Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Global Notes, for which the U.S. Trustee shall be Custodian.

 (b) The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or
co-registrar not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustees in writing of the name and address of
any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the U.S. Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation and indemnification therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Company or any of its
domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent (prior to an Event of Default), Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent. 

(c) The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustees;
provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying
Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustees and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required by the procedures of the Depositary or (ii) written notification to the Trustees that the U.S. Trustee shall serve as Registrar
or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to the Company and the Trustees. 

Section 2.4 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. No later than the Business Day prior to each due date of the principal, premium,
if any, and interest on any Note, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a wholly owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum
sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the U.S. Trustee) to agree in writing that 

  
 -18- 

 
the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustees all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and
shall notify the Trustees in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The
Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the U.S. Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability
for the money delivered to the U.S. Trustee. 
 Section 2.5 Holder Lists. The U.S. Trustee shall preserve in as current a form
as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the U.S. Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the U.S. Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each
Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the U.S. Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the U.S. Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. 

Section 2.6 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes. When Definitive Registered Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request: 
 (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Registered
Notes; or 
 (y) to exchange such Definitive Registered Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Registered Notes of
other authorized denominations, 
 the Registrar or co-registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as
requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Registered Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 

(i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company
and the Registrar or co-registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

(ii) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes that are Definitive Registered Notes, are being transferred or exchanged pursuant
to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a prospectus qualified under Canadian Securities Laws or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as
applicable: 
 (A) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in
the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in substantially the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note); 

(B) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in substantially
the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note); or 

  
 -19- 

 (C) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from registration in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or an exemption from the prospectus requirement under Canadian Securities Laws, (1) a certification to that effect (in the form
set forth on the reverse side of the Note) and (2) if the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in
Section 2.6(e)(i). 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Registered Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A
Definitive Registered Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the U.S. Trustee of a Definitive Registered Note, duly endorsed or accompanied
by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the U.S. Trustee, together with: 
 (i) certification (in the
form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) that such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred (A) to the Company, (B) to the Registrar for registration in the name of a Holder, without transfer, (C) pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act or a prospectus qualified under Canadian Securities Laws, (D) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, or (E) outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning
of Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act (other than as provided by Rule 144) under the Securities Act and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws, as applicable; and 

(ii) written instructions directing the U.S. Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books
and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such
increase, 
 then the U.S. Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Registered Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing
instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased accordingly. If no Global Notes are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and
the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected
through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver a
written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note and such account
shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being
transferred. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in 

  
 -20- 

 
the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, shall be made
only upon receipt by the U.S. Trustee of (1) a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or (if available) Rule 144
under the Securities Act and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws, as applicable, and (2) if the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set
forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.6(e)(i). 
 (i) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial
interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an
amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being
transferred. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in
Section 2.7), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such
nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 
 (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global
Notes. 
 (i) Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be
held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures and only (A) to the Company, (B) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the selling holder reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a
QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (C) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, or (D) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act or a prospectus qualified under Canadian Securities Laws, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws. Prior to the expiration of the
Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made only in accordance with Applicable Procedures and
upon receipt by the U.S. Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Note to the effect that such transfer is being made to a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A
in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A. Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period. 

  
 -21- 

 (ii) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership
interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law, including Canadian Securities Laws, and the other terms of this Indenture. 

(e) Legend. 

(i) Each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Registered Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange
therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “Restricted Notes Legend;” and the sixth paragraph of which is herein referred to as the “Canadian Restricted Notes
Legend”): 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE
ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS
PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 

[IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF
THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] 

[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE
ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S,] 

  
 -22- 

 ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT
TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY
BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE
144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE U.S. TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR
(F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER
(1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974,
AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE,
LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN
ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER
SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS. 

  
 -23- 

 UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER CANADIAN SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS
SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE [INSERT THE DATE THAT IS FOUR MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION DATE OF THE NOTES]. 

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Registered Note, the Registrar shall permit
the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Registered Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the Definitive Registered Notes Legend and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer
Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes) and, if the Company so
requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.6(e)(i). 

(iii) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, the Canadian Restricted Notes Legend will appear on any
Original Notes or Additional Notes that are issued prior to the date specified on the Canadian Restricted Notes Legend unless the Canadian Restricted Notes Legend is no longer required under any applicable Canadian Securities Laws. 

(f) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged
for Definitive Registered Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depositary for cancellation or retained and canceled by the U.S. Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures. At any time prior to
such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be
made on the books and records of the U.S. Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the U.S. Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

(g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate
Definitive Registered Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request. 

  
 -24- 

 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge
payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.7, 4.9 and 9.4 of this Indenture). 
 (iii) The Registrar need not register the
transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the
redemption of such notes, for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of such Notes to be redeemed in part, for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date applicable to such
Notes; or which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer. 

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the U.S. Trustee, the Paying Agent,
the Registrar or any co-registrar shall deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such
Note and for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue) and none of the Company, the U.S. Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to
the contrary. 
 (v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence
the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

(h) No Obligation of the Trustees. 

(i) The Trustees shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a
participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery
to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given
to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial
owners in any Global Note in global form shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustees may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustees shall
have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including without
limitation any transfers between or among Depositary participants, 

  
 -25- 

 
members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when
expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

(i) Transfer. 
 Any purported
transfer of such Note, or any interest therein to a purchaser or transferee that does not comply with the requirements specified in this Section 2.6 will be of no force and effect and shall be null and void ab initio. 

Section 2.7 Definitive Registered Notes. 

(a) The U.S. Trustee shall promptly exchange a Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with The Bank of New York Mellon, as Custodian
pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Indenture for Definitive Registered Notes to be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note,
if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in
each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a
request from the Depositary or (iii) the Company, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depositary, notifies the Trustees in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Registered Notes under the Indenture.

 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be surrendered by the
Depositary to the U.S. Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal
amount of Definitive Registered Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any certificated Note in the form of a Definitive Registered Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Note shall, except as otherwise provided by
Section 2.6(e), bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7(b) above, the registered Holder
of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.7(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Company shall promptly make
available to the U.S. Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Registered Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. 

  
 -26- 

 Section 2.8 Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the
Registrar or if a Holder claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of
Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (i) notifies the Company and the U.S. Trustee of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking within a reasonable time after
such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (ii) requests a replacement Note from the Company and the U.S. Trustee prior to the Note
being acquired by a protected purchaser and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Company and the U.S. Trustee. If required by the U.S. Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the
judgment of the Company and the U.S. Trustee to protect the Company, the U.S. Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The
Company and the U.S. Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. 
 Section 2.9 Outstanding Notes.
Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the U.S. Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.9 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be
outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8, it
ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustees and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient
to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereon) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant
to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Registered Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture,
until such Definitive Registered Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the U.S. Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive
Registered Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Registered Notes and deliver them in
exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company, without charge to the Holder. 

Section 2.11 Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in payment of interest on the Notes, the Company will pay the defaulted
interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Company will fix or cause to be fixed
any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustees and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted
interest to be paid. 

  
 -27- 

 Section 2.12 Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the U.S.
Trustee for cancellation and the U.S. Trustee shall cancel such Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the U.S. Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer,
exchange or payment. The U.S. Trustee or, at the direction of the U.S. Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel and destroy (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for
registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation unless the Company directs the U.S. Trustee to deliver canceled Notes to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the U.S.
Trustee for cancellation. The U.S. Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

Section 2.13 Additional Amounts. 

(a) The Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor are required to make all payments under this Indenture or on the Notes free and clear of and
without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (hereinafter “Taxes”)
imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of the country in which the Company or Subsidiary Guarantor and any successor thereof is organized or incorporated or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having
power to tax, or any other jurisdiction in which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is otherwise resident for tax purposes or the jurisdiction of any Paying Agent (each, a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the Company or
a Subsidiary Guarantor or Paying Agent is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. 

(b) If the Company, or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or a Paying Agent is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes
imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor will be required to pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) with respect to the
Notes as may be necessary so that the net amount received by any Holder or beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such Holder or beneficial owner would have received if
such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that the foregoing obligation to pay Additional Amounts does not apply to: 

(i) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the
relevant Holder or beneficial owner and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including a connection between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over, the relevant holder or beneficial owner, if
the relevant holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership or corporation, and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such Holder or beneficial owner (or such fiduciary,
settlor, beneficiary, partner, member, shareholder, or possessor) of the Notes being or having been a citizen, resident, or national thereof or being or having been present or engaged in a trade or business therein or having or having had a
permanent establishment therein; 

  
 -28- 

 (ii) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or personal property tax
or similar Taxes; 
 (iii) any withholding or deduction in respect of the Notes (a) presented for payment by or on
behalf of a Holder or beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant note to any other paying agent, or (b) where the payment could have been made without such deduction or
withholding if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the notes for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment on the notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later
(except to the extent that the holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the notes been presented on the last day of such 30-day period); 

(iv) any Taxes imposed with respect to any payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on the Notes by the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor to any Holder or beneficial owner who is a fiduciary or partnership or any Person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of
such a partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder or beneficial owner of such Notes; 

(v) any Taxes that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to the Notes;

 (vi) any Taxes that would not have been imposed but for the failure of the Holder and/or beneficial owner (a) to
comply with the Company’s or the Paying Agent’s request in writing at least 30 days before any withholding for such Taxes to the Holder to provide certification, documentation, information or other evidence concerning the nationality,
residence, entitlement to treaty benefits, identity, direct or indirect ownership of or investment in the Notes, or connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of the Holder and/or beneficial owner of such Notes, or (b) to make any valid
or timely declaration or similar claim or satisfy any other reporting requirement or to provide any information relating to such matters, whether required or imposed by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of withholding or deduction of, Taxes imposed by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; 

(vii) any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld from any payment under or in respect of the Notes as a consequence
of the Holder or beneficial owner of Notes or the recipient of the interest payable on the Notes not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) with the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor at the time of
making any such payment; 

  
 -29- 

 (viii) any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld from any
payment under or in respect of the Notes as a consequence of the Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes being at any time a ‘‘specified non-resident shareholder’’ (within the meaning of
subsection 18(5) of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) of the Company or at any time not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) with a “specified shareholder” (within the meaning of
subsection 18(5) of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) of the Company or as a consequence of the payment being deemed to be a dividend under the Income Tax Act (Canada); 

(ix) any Taxes payable under section 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any successor or amended versions thereof), any
regulations or other official guidance thereunder, or any agreement (including any intergovernmental agreement or any law implementing such governmental agreement) entered into in connection therewith (“FATCA”); 

(x) any Taxes or penalties arising from the Holder’s or beneficial owner’s failure to comply with the Holder’s
or beneficial owner’s obligations imposed under Part XVIII of the Income Tax Act (Canada), the Canada-United States Enhanced Tax Information Exchange Agreement Implementation Act (Canada) or the similar provisions of legislation of any
other jurisdiction that has entered into an agreement with the United States of America to provide for the implementation of FATCA based reporting; or 

(xi) any combination of, or any Taxes arising from a combination of the factors described in, (i) to (x) above. 

(c) At least 30 calendar days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable (unless such
obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises shortly before or after the 30th day prior to such date, in which case it shall be promptly thereafter), if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect
to such payment, the Company will deliver to the U.S. Trustee and paying agent for the affected Notes an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable and will set forth such
other information necessary to enable the U.S. Trustee or paying agent, as the case may be, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders and beneficial owners of such Notes on the payment date. Each such Officers’ Certificate shall be relied upon
until receipt of a further Officers’ Certificate addressing such matters. 
 (d) The Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor
will also (i) make such withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Company will provide the U.S. Trustee with official receipts or, if
notwithstanding the efforts of the Company official receipts are not obtainable, other documentation reasonably satisfactory to the U.S. Trustee, evidencing the payment of any Tax so deducted or withheld for each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction
imposing such Taxes. The Company will attach to each official receipt or other documentation a certificate stating (x) that the amount of such Tax evidenced by the official receipt or other documentation was paid in connection with payments in
respect of the principal amount of such Notes then outstanding and (y) the amount of such Tax paid per $1,000 of principal amount of such Notes. 

  
 -30- 

 (e) Whenever reference is made in this Indenture, in any context, to (i) the payment of
principal, (ii) redemption prices or purchase prices in connection with a redemption or purchase of Notes, (iii) interest or (iv) any other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes, such reference will be deemed to include
payment of Additional Amounts as described under this heading to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are or would be payable in respect thereof. 

(f) The Company will pay any present or future stamp, court, documentary or other similar taxes, charges or levies that arise in any
jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of, or enforcement of rights under, this Indenture or any related document. 
 (g)
The obligations described under this Section 2.13 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein. 
 (h) The Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustees for the amount of any Taxes in respect of which the Company, or any Subsidiary Guarantor, is required to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 2.13(b) that are levied or imposed and
paid by the Trustees as a result of payments made under or with respect to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, including any reimbursements under this clause 2.13(h). 

Section 2.14 CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code”
numbers (in each case if then generally in use) and, if so, the U.S. Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that
any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will advise the U.S. Trustee in writing of any change in any “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs or “Common Code”
numbers applicable to the Notes. 
 Section 2.15 Issuance of Additional Notes. After the Issue Date, the Company will be
entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture, which Notes shall have identical terms as the Notes issued on the Issue Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, original interest accrual date and original interest
payment date. All the Notes issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided, however, that unless such
Additional Notes are issued under a separate CUSIP, either such Additional Notes shall be part of the same “issue” for U.S. Federal income tax purposes or shall be issued pursuant to a “qualified reopening” for U.S. Federal
income tax purposes. 

  
 -31- 

 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company will set forth in a resolution of the
Board of Directors and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each which shall be delivered to the Trustees, the following information: 

(a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and 

(b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes. 

Section 2.16 Computation of Interest. 

(a) Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 (b) For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever any interest or fee under
the Notes or this Indenture is calculated using a rate based on a number of days less than a full year, such rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate,
(y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest or fee is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by the number of days based on which such rate is calculated. The
principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under the Notes or this Indenture. The rates of interest stipulated in the notes and this Indenture are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or
yields. 
 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustees shall not have any duty or obligation to calculate any
interest, defaulted interest or premium on or with respect to the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION 

Section 3.1 Notices to the Trustees. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes, it shall
notify the Trustees in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. 
 The Company shall give each
notice to the Trustees provided for in this Section 3.1 at least 60 days before the redemption date unless the Trustees consent to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
from the Company to the effect that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. Any such notice may be canceled by written notice of the Company to the Trustees at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder
pursuant to Section 3.4 and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 Section 3.2 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed. If
fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed
but are in global form, then by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary or if the Notes are not listed and not in global form on a pro rata basis, by lot, although no note of $2,000 in original principal amount or less
will be redeemed in part. 

  
 -32- 

 Notes and portions of them selected for redemption shall be in principal amounts of $2,000
or a whole multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, to the extent practicable. The Company will redeem Notes in principal amounts of $2,000 or less in whole and not in part. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also
apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. If the Notes are being redeemed other than on a pro rata basis, the U.S. Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 

Section 3.3 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once a notice of redemption has been mailed under Section 3.4, Notes that are to
be redeemed in accordance with such notice and the terms of this Article 3 shall become due and payable on the redemption date; subject to the satisfaction of any conditions in connection with the redemption. With respect to registered Notes issued
in global form, the principal amount of such Note or Notes will be adjusted in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid under the terms stated in Section 3.6; provided that
if the redemption date is after a record date for the payment of interest and on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. 

Section 3.4 Notice of Redemption. 

(a) At least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Company will mail a notice of redemption by
first-class mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary) to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed (or otherwise
delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary) more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. Any
inadvertent defect in the notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to give notice, to any Holder selected for redemption shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note redeemed in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(i) the redemption date; 

(ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date; 

(iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

  
 -33- 

 (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed (and if other
than on a pro rata basis), the identification numbers and principal amounts (which amounts may be stated as a ratio of the amount to be redeemed per $1,000 principal amount outstanding) of the particular Notes to be redeemed; 

(vi) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for
redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (vii) the “CUSIP” number, ISIN or “Common
Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; 
 (viii) that no representation is made as to the
correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 

(ix) the conditions, if any, applicable to such redemption. 

(b) At the Company’s request, upon written notice provided to the U.S. Trustee at least 15 days (unless a shorter period is satisfactory
to the U.S. Trustee) prior to the date the redemption notice must be given to the Holders, the U.S. Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense. In such event, the Company will provide the
U.S. Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.4 and a copy of the proposed notice of redemption to be mailed to the Holders. 

(c) Any redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, which will be set forth in the
related notice of redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of a Qualified Equity Offering, other offering or financing or other transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions
precedent, such notice will describe each such condition, and if applicable, will state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (provided, however, that any redemption date will not be more than 60
days after the date of the notice of redemption) as any or all such conditions will be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions will not have been satisfied by the
redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. If any such condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Company will provide written notice to the Trustees prior to the close of business one Business Day prior to the redemption date.
Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded or delayed, and the redemption of the Notes shall be rescinded or delayed as provided in such notice. Upon receipt, the U.S. Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of
the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given. 
 Section 3.5 Tax Redemption. The Notes may be
redeemed, at the option of the Company, in whole but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ written notice to the Holders (which notice shall be irrevocable) in accordance with Section 3.4 hereof, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Company for redemption (the “Tax  

  
 -34- 

 
Redemption Date”) if, as a result of (a) any change in, or amendment to, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction affecting taxation (including a proposed change or amendment that, if enacted, will be effective prior to the enactment date); or (b) any change in the existing official position regarding the application, administration or
interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change, amendment, application, administration or interpretation is announced or becomes effective on
or after the Issue Date, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, is, or on the next interest payment date would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts with respect to any payment due or becoming due under the Notes or this
Indenture and such requirement cannot be avoided by the taking of reasonable measures by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as determined in good faith by the relevant Board of Directors. Prior to the publication and mailing of any notice of
redemption of the notes pursuant to this Section 3.5, the Company will deliver to the Trustees an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustees and setting forth in reasonable detail the circumstances giving rise to such right of
redemption pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above. The provisions described under this Section 3.5 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any
successor Person to the Company is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein. Any Notes that are redeemed pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall be cancelled. 

Section 3.6 Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the relevant redemption date, the Company
will deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a wholly owned Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, and Applicable Premium, if any, on all
Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Company to the U.S. Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to
accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest, and Applicable Premium, if any, on, the Notes to be
redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 Section 3.7
Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, if such Note is in certificated form, the Company shall execute and the Trustees shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company’s expense) a new Note equal in
principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 ARTICLE 4 

COVENANTS 

Section 4.1 Payment of Notes. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and interest, and Applicable Premium, if any, on the
Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, interest, and Applicable Premium, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the U.S. Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance
with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the U.S. Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture. 

  
 -35- 

 The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified in the Notes to
the extent lawful, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue Applicable Premium, if any, at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Section 4.2 Reports. 

(a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will
provide the Trustees and the Holders with: 
 (i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, all financial information
that would be required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K, Form 40-F or Form 20-F, or any successor or comparable
form, filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent registered public
accounting firm; 
 (ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, all
financial information that would be required to be contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or Form 6-K, or any successor or comparable form, filed with the SEC,
including, whether or not required, unaudited quarterly financial statements (which will include at least a balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement) and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations” section; and 
 (iii) within the later of 5 days and the applicable number of days specified in
the SEC’s rules and regulations, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form, if the Company were required to file such reports,

 in each case in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form. 

(b) In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to Holders,
securities analysts and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The reports required by this covenant need not include any separate
financial statements of Subsidiary Guarantors or information required by Rule 3-10 or 3-16 of Regulation S-X (or any successor
regulations). The delivery to the Trustees and the Holders by electronic means or the filing of documents pursuant to the SEC’s EDGAR system (or any successor electronic filing system) shall be deemed to be provided to the Trustees and the
Holders as of the time such documents are filed via the EDGAR system for purposes of this covenant The requirements set forth in Section 4.2(a), this Section 4.2(b) and Section 4.2(c) may be satisfied by posting copies of such
information on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party) to which access is given to the 

  
 -36- 

 
Trustees, Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes. The Trustees shall have no responsibility whatsoever to determine if such filings have been made. The Trustees shall not be deemed to
have constructive notice of any information contained, or determinable from information contained, in any reports referred to above, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants in this Indenture (as to which the Trustees are
entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). Neither of the Trustees shall be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Company’s, any Subsidiary Guarantor’s or any other Person’s
compliance with the covenants described herein or with respect to any reports or other documents filed under this Indenture. 
 (c) If any
of the Company’s Subsidiaries is not a Subsidiary Guarantor and such Subsidiaries, either individually or collectively, would constitute 10% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for any fiscal year or 10% of the total
assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries), within the time period specified in Section 4.2(a) for annual reports, the Company shall provide to the
Trustees and the Holders, financial information with respect to such Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors collectively consistent with the financial information included in the Offering Memorandum with respect to Subsidiaries that are not
Subsidiary Guarantors. 
 (d) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the
Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.2 to provide consolidated financial information of the Company by furnishing consolidated financial information relating to such parent in the manner prescribed in Sections 4.2(a) and
(b); provided that (i) such financial statements are accompanied by consolidating financial information for such parent and the Company in the manner prescribed by the SEC or (ii) such parent is not engaged in any business in any
material respect other than such activities as are incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the Capital Stock of the Company. 

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be deemed to have failed to comply with its obligations under this
Section 4.2 until 60 days after the date any report or other information is due hereunder. 
 Section 4.3 Compliance
Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustees within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that a review of its activities and the activities of its Subsidiaries during the
preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each Officer
signing such certificate, whether or not the signer knows of any failure by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company to comply with any conditions or covenants in this Indenture, and, if such signer does know of such a failure to comply, the
certificate shall describe such failure with particularity and describe what actions, if any, the Company proposes to take with respect to such failure. 

Section 4.4 [Reserved]. 

  
 -37- 

 Section 4.5 Limitation on Liens. 

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.5(b), neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiary Guarantors may create, incur, assume or otherwise
have outstanding any Lien, upon any Principal Property belonging to the Company or to any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, or upon the shares of capital stock or debt any of the Subsidiary Guarantors held directly by the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor, whether such Principal Property, shares or debt are owned by the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors on the Issue Date or acquired in the future, to secure any Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors. 

(b) The Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor may create, Incur, assume or otherwise have outstanding any Lien to secure Indebtedness if the
Notes (including any Additional Notes) or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, shall be secured by a Lien equally and ratably with or in priority to the Lien securing the new Indebtedness, so long as such new Indebtedness shall be
so secured. In this event, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may also provide that any of its other Indebtedness, including Indebtedness guaranteed by the Company or by any of its Subsidiaries, shall be secured equally with or in priority to
the new Indebtedness. In addition, the restrictions on creating, Incurring, assuming or having outstanding any Lien in Section 4.5(a) shall not apply to: 

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries under any Credit Facilities
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Senior Credit Facilities) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $2.0 billion; 

(ii) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; 

(iii) Liens on property or assets (plus improvements, accessions or proceeds thereon) to secure all or part of the cost of
acquiring, substantially repairing or altering, constructing, developing or substantially improving such property or assets, or to secure indebtedness incurred to provide funds for any such purpose or for reimbursement of funds previously expended
for any such purpose, provided the commitment of the creditor to extend the credit secured by any such Lien shall have been obtained not later than 360 days after the later of (A) the completion of the acquisition, substantial repair or
alteration, construction, development or substantial improvement of such property or assets or (B) the placing in operation of such property or assets or of such property or assets as so substantially repaired or altered, constructed, developed
or substantially improved; 
 (iv) Liens existing on property or assets at the time of its acquisition or existing on
property or assets of a Person at the time such Person is merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with the Company or any Subsidiary or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not created in
contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or investment and do not extend to any property or assets other than such acquired property or assets or those of the Person merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with
the Company or such Subsidiary or acquired by the Company or such Subsidiary (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof); 

  
 -38- 

 (v) any Lien required to be given or granted by any Subsidiary of the
Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement entered into by such Subsidiary prior to the date on which it became a Subsidiary; provided that any such Lien does not extend to any other property or asset, other than improvements, accessions
or proceeds in respect of the property or asset subject to such Lien; 
 (vi) Liens existing as of the Issue Date (including
Liens on improvements, accessions or proceeds in respect of property or assets secured by such Liens as of the Issue Date and on after-acquired property or assets required to be secured pursuant to the terms of the relevant Indebtedness on the Issue
Date), other than Liens securing indebtedness and other obligations of the Company or its subsidiaries under the Senior Credit Facilities; 

(vii) extensions, renewals, alterations, refinancings or replacements of any Lien referred to in the preceding clauses
(iii) through (vi) above; provided, however, that (A) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness so secured at the time of such extension, renewal, alteration or
replacement plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon together with any reasonable fees, premiums (including tender premiums) and expenses relating to such extension, renewal, alteration or replacement and (B) such extension, renewal, alteration
refinancing or replacement shall be limited to all or a part of the property or assets whether now existing or hereafter acquired which secured the Lien so extended, renewed, altered or replaced (plus improvements, accessions or proceeds in respect
of such property or assets and after-acquired property or assets required to be secured pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness); 

(viii) landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other
like Liens, arising in the ordinary course of business securing Obligations which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves
with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required under GAAP; 
 (ix) Liens
attaching to cash earnest money deposits in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder and Liens on cash deposits held in escrow accounts pursuant to the terms of any purchase agreement permitted hereunder; 

(x) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not entered into for speculative purposes and letters of credit entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (xi) banker’s liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens that are customary in the
banking industry and existing solely with respect to cash and other amounts on deposit in one or more accounts (including securities accounts and cash management arrangements) maintained by the Company or its Subsidiaries; 

  
 -39- 

 (xii) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection
with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation; 
 (xiii) deposits to secure
the performance of tenders, bids, trade contracts and leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, surety bonds, insurance obligations, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(xiv) minor defects or minor imperfections in title and zoning, land use and similar restrictions and easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject
thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person; 
 (xv) Liens securing
judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.1(i), or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments; 

(xvi) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet due or, which are being contested in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(xvii) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to other Persons in the ordinary course of business which do not
(A) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries or (B) secure any indebtedness for borrowed money; 

(xviii) any interest or title of (A) a lessor or sublessor under any lease or sublease or (B) a licensor or
sublicensor under any license or sublicense, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business, so long as such interest or title relate solely to the property or assets subject thereto; 

(xix) Liens of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-208 (or its equivalent)
of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction on items in the course of collection and documents and proceeds related thereto; 

(xx) Liens arising from precautionary filings of financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable
jurisdiction in respect of operating leases or consignments entered into by the Company or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(xxi) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto; 

(xxii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sales of goods entered
into by the Company or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -40- 

 (xxiii) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a
matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; 
 (xxiv) Liens encumbering
reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and 

(xxv) other Liens (including successive extensions, renewals, alterations or replacements thereof) not excepted by clauses
(i) through (xxiv) above; provided that after giving effect thereto, Exempted Debt does not exceed the greater of (A) $150.0 million and (B) an amount such that, after giving effect to such other Liens, the Secured
Net Debt Ratio does not exceed 2.75 to 1.0, after giving effect to such Incurrence and the application of the proceeds therefrom. 
 (c) In
the event that a Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the clauses of Section 4.5(b), the Company, in its sole discretion, shall be permitted to classify such Lien (or portion thereof) at the time of its Incurrence in any manner that
complies with this Section 4.5. In addition, any Lien (or portion thereof) originally classified as Incurred pursuant to any clause of Section 4.5(b) may later be reclassified by the Company, in its sole discretion, such that it (or any
portion thereof) shall be deemed to be Incurred pursuant to any other of such clauses to the extent that such reclassified Lien (or portion thereof) could be Incurred pursuant to such clause at the time of such reclassification. 

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.5: 

(i) accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or original issue discount, the amortization of
debt discount and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of the Indebtedness secured by the relevant Lien; 

(ii) in determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the securing of Indebtedness, the U.S.
dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based upon the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred; and 

(iii) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Subsidiaries may secure shall not be deemed to be exceeded
solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 
 Section 4.6 Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions.

 (a) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiary Guarantors may engage in a transaction with any Person (other than the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor) providing for the leasing by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any Principal Property of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor or any property which together with any other property subject to the same transaction or
series of related transactions would in the aggregate constitute 

  
 -41- 

 
a Principal Property of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, except for transactions (i) involving a lease which will not exceed three years, including renewals (or which may be terminated
by the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor within a period of not more than three years), (ii) involving a lease of Principal Property executed by the time of, or within 12 months after, the latest of the acquisition, completion of
construction, or commencement of operations of such Principal Property, (iii) that were for the sale and leasing back to the Company or a Subsidiary any Principal Property, and (iv) that were entered into prior to, or within 12 months of,
the Issue Date (a “Sale/Leaseback Transaction”), unless the net proceeds of the sale or transfer of the property to be leased are at least equal to the fair market value of such property and unless: 

(i) this Indenture would have allowed the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to create a Lien on such Principal
Property to secure debt in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction without securing the Notes pursuant to the terms of Section 4.5; or 

(ii) within 360 days, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor applies an amount equal to the net proceeds of such sale or
transfer to: 
 (A) the voluntary retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries maturing by its terms
more than one year from the date of issuance, assumption or guarantee thereof, which is senior to or ranks equally with the Notes in right of payment and owing to a Person other than the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or 

(B) the purchase of additional property that will constitute or form a part of Principal Property and which has a fair market
value at least equal to the net proceeds of such sale or transfer. 
 (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.6(a) above, the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor may enter into a Sale/Leaseback Transaction which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions of Section 4.6(a) above so as to create an aggregate amount of Attributable Debt after giving effect thereto that does not,
together with all Exempted Debt, exceed the greater of (A) $150.0 million and (B) an amount such that, after giving effect to such other Attributable Debt, the Secured Net Debt Ratio does not exceed 2.75 to 1.0, after giving effect to such
Incurrence and the application of the proceeds therefrom. 
 (c) For purposes of this Section 4.6: 

(i) in determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the entering into of any Sale/Leaseback
Transaction, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Attributable Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based upon the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Attributable Debt in respect of such
Sale/Leaseback Transaction was Incurred; and 
 (ii) the maximum amount of Attributable Debt that the Company or any
Subsidiary may Incur in respect of any Sale/Leaseback Transaction shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 

  
 -42- 

 Section 4.7 Limitation on Non-Guarantor
Subsidiary Debt. 
 (a) The Company shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (i) to guarantee
the obligations of, or become a co-borrower with, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, under any Credit Facility of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) to create, assume, Incur or issue
any Material Indebtedness or guarantee any Material Indebtedness of the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, unless, in the case of clause (i) or (ii), within 30 days thereof, the Company causes such Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary
Guarantor by executing and delivering a Guarantee Agreement. 
 (b) Clause (ii) of Section 4.7(a) shall not apply to the following
items of Indebtedness: 
 (i) Indebtedness existing as of the Issue Date and refinancing or replacement Indebtedness in
respect thereof so long as the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon together with any reasonable fees, premiums (including tender
premiums) and expenses relating to such refinancing or replacement; 
 (ii) Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time
such Person is merged with or into, amalgamated with, or is consolidated into, a Subsidiary of the Company, or which is assumed by a Subsidiary of the Company in connection with an acquisition of substantially all the assets of such Person, so long
as such Indebtedness was not created in anticipation of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or acquisition, and refinancing or replacement Indebtedness in respect thereof, so long as the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal
amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon together with any reasonable fees, premiums (including tender premiums) and expenses relating to such refinancing or replacement; 

(iii) Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, so long as such
Indebtedness was not incurred in anticipation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company, and refinancing or replacement Indebtedness in respect thereof, so long as the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount of the
Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon together with any reasonable fees, premiums (including tender premiums) and expenses relating to such refinancing or replacement; 

(iv) purchase money obligations and refinancing or replacement Indebtedness in respect thereof, so long as the principal amount
thereof does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon together with any reasonable fees, premiums (including tender premiums) and expenses relating to such refinancing
or replacement; 

  
 -43- 

 (v) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Subsidiary of the
Company or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company owing to and held by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company; 

(vi) Indebtedness owed in respect of any overdrafts and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash
management services, pooling arrangements or in connection with any automated clearinghouse transfers of funds; provided that such Indebtedness shall be repaid in full within five Business Days of the incurrence thereof; 

(vii) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees and similar instruments issued for the account of any
Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations under (i) workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) tenders, bids, trade contracts, leases (other
than capitalized lease obligations or synthetic lease obligations), statutory or regulatory obligations, surety bonds, insurance obligations, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature; 

(viii) Hedging Obligations entered into other than for speculative purposes and the financing of insurance premiums; and 

(ix) Indebtedness not excepted by clauses (i) through (viii) above in an amount in the aggregate at any time outstanding
not to exceed the greater of (i) $300.0 million and (ii) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Measurement Period on or prior to the date of determination. 

(c) In the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the clauses of Section 4.7(b), the Company, in its sole
discretion, shall be permitted to classify such Indebtedness (or portion thereof) at the time of its Incurrence in any manner that complies with this covenant. In addition, any Indebtedness (or portion thereof) originally classified as Incurred
pursuant to any clause of Section 4.7(b) may later be reclassified by the Company, in its sole discretion, such that it (or any portion thereof) will be deemed to be Incurred pursuant to any other clause of Section 4.7(b) to the extent
that such reclassified Indebtedness (or portion thereof) could be Incurred pursuant to such clause at the time of such reclassification. 

(d) Indebtedness Incurred under any clause of Section 4.7(b) by a Subsidiary that subsequently becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor shall cease
to be outstanding under such clause at such time as such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor until such time, if any, that the Company, in its sole discretion, elects to classify or reclassify such Indebtedness as Incurred under any of such
clauses to permit the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee as permitted under this Indenture. 
 (e) For
purposes of this Section 4.7: 
 (i) accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or
original issue discount, the amortization of debt discount and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness; 

  
 -44- 

 (ii) in determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction
on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based upon the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred;
provided, however, that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance or replace other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing or replacement would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction
to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing or replacement, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such
refinancing or replacement Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced; and 

(iii) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and its Subsidiaries may Incur shall not be deemed to be exceeded
solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 
 Section 4.8 [Reserved]. 

Section 4.9 Change of Control Triggering Event. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right to require that the Company repurchase such
Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) in accordance with the terms contemplated in Section 4.9(b). 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Company has previously or concurrently mailed a redemption
notice with respect to all outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.4, the Company shall mail a notice by first-class mail (or otherwise delivered in accordance with the Applicable Procedures) to each Holder with copies to the Trustees
(the “Change of Control Offer”) stating: 
 (i) that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and
that such Holder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but
excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); 

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event; 

(iii) an expiration date (which shall be no earlier than 15 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed,
the “Expiration Date”) and a settlement date for purchase (the “Purchase Date”) not more than five Business Days after the Expiration Date); and 

  
 -45- 

 (iv) the instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with this
Section 4.9, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. 
 (c) A Holder may tender all or any portion of its Notes
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, subject to the requirement that any portion of a Note tendered must be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Holders are entitled to withdraw Notes tendered up to the
close of business on the Expiration Date. 
 (d) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of
Control Triggering Event if: (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the
Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer) or (ii) a notice of redemption that is or has become unconditional has been given pursuant to Section 3.4. 

(e) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described in clause (d) above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders,
the Company will have the right, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such
purchase at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 (f) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control
Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control Triggering Event at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. 

(g) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations, including Canadian Securities Laws, in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
this Section 4.9, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.9 by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or
regulations. 
 (h) On the Purchase Date, the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer, all Notes purchased by the Company under this Section 4.9 shall be delivered by the Company to the U.S. Trustee for cancellation and the Company shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the Holders entitled thereto. Interest on Notes purchased by the Company under this Section 4.9 shall cease to accrue on and after the Purchase Date. 

  
 -46- 

 (i) At the time the Company delivers Notes to the U.S. Trustee which are to be accepted for
purchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.9. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for
purchase at the time the U.S. Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder. 

ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS

 Section 5.1 Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets. (a) The Company shall not consolidate with, amalgamate
with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), in one
transaction or a series of related transactions, directly or indirectly, to any Person, and shall not permit any Person to consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into the Company, unless: 

(i) the Company shall be the surviving company in any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, or, if the Company consolidates
with, amalgamates with or merges into another Person or conveys or transfers or leases its properties and assets substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, directly or indirectly, to any Person, such
successor Person is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory thereof, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom, Ireland,
Germany or France; 
 (ii) the successor Person, if other than the Company, expressly assumes all of the Company’s
obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture; 
 (iii) if the successor Person
is not the Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such successor Person’s obligations in respect of
this Indenture and the Notes; 
 (iv) immediately after giving effect to the consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance,
transfer or lease, there exists no Default or Event of Default; and 
 (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustees
an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture and that the
Notes and Indenture constitute valid and binding obligations of the successor Person, subject to customary exceptions; 

  
 -47- 

 (b) No Subsidiary Guarantor shall consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into
any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, directly or indirectly, to any Person, and shall not permit any
Person to consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into such Subsidiary Guarantor, unless: 
 (i) (A) such
Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving or acquiring Person and remains organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or in the District of Columbia or Canada or any province or territory thereof or, for any Subsidiary
Guarantor organized outside of such jurisdictions, the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor; or (B) (1) the successor Person is an entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any
state thereof or the District of Columbia or Canada or any province or territory thereof or, for any Subsidiary Guarantor organized outside of such jurisdictions, the jurisdiction of organization of the Subsidiary Guarantor with which the successor
Person has consolidated, amalgamated or merged, (2) the successor Person, if other than the Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes all of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantee
pursuant to a supplemental indenture and (3) immediately after giving effect to the consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease, there exists no Default or Event of Default; and 

(ii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustees an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease, other disposition or such supplemental indenture (if any) complies with the requirements of this Indenture and that the Subsidiary Guarantee and Indenture
constitute valid and binding obligations of the successor Person, subject to customary exceptions; 
 provided, however, that this
Section 5.1 shall not apply to a transaction pursuant to which such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes in accordance with the limitations described in Section 10.6 and to any
direct or indirect consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of properties and assets between or among the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors. 

For purposes of this Section 5.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of the properties and assets
substantially as an entirety of one or more of the Company’s Subsidiaries, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety
on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety. 
 The
predecessor Person shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but, in the case of a
lease of its property or assets substantially as an entirety, the predecessor Person shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 

  
 -48- 

 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall be an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes:

 (a) default for 30 days in the payment of any interest on the Notes when due; 

(b) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at its stated maturity, upon optional redemption, upon
required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; 
 (c) the failure by the Company to comply with any of its obligations
under Section 4.9; 
 (d) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or
agreement of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, in this Indenture (other than a failure to comply with clause (c) above) with respect to the Notes or any guarantee relating thereto, as applicable, and such default or
breach continues for a period of 60 days after written notice is given to the Company by the Trustees or to the Company and the Trustees by the Holders of 25.0% or more in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes specifying such
default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”; 
 (e) the
Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect except as otherwise permitted under this Indenture or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or is disaffirmed by any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a
Significant Subsidiary; 
 (f) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of
any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case; 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or the filing by it of a petition or answer
or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law; 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(v) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; 

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

  
 -49- 

 (g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law
that: 
 (i) is for relief against the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary
case; 
 (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or for any
substantial part of its property; or 
 (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
that is a Significant Subsidiary; 
 or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90
days; 
 (h) default under any Lien, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced
any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness exists on the Issue Date or is created after the Issue Date, which default (i) is caused by a
failure to pay principal of, or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness (“Principal Payment Default”) or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (“Cross Acceleration
Provision”) without such Indebtedness having been discharged or the acceleration having been cured, waived, rescinded or annulled, for a period of, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, 30 days or more after written notice
thereof to the Company by the Trustees or to the Company and the Trustees by the Holders of at least 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a principal payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $150.0 million (or its equivalent in other currencies) or more; and 

(i) the taking or entering against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of a judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of
$150.0 million (or its equivalent in other currencies) in the aggregate and such judgment or decree is not paid, vacated or discharged within a period of 90 days after such judgment or degree becomes final and
non-appealable. 
 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such
Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,
winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law, including, without limitation, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act of Canada and the
United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 United States Code §§ 101 et seq. For the purposes of this Section 6.1, the term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official
under any Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 -50- 

 The Company shall deliver to the Trustees, within 30 days after obtaining knowledge of the
occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 6.2 Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.1(f) or (g)) occurs and is continuing, the U.S. Trustee (by written notice to the Company) or the Holders of not less than 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (by written notice to the Company and
the U.S. Trustee) may, and the U.S. Trustee at the written request of such holders shall, declare the principal amount of and premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations on the Notes to be due and payable
immediately. Upon that declaration, the principal amount, premium, if any, and interest shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(f) or (g) occurs, the principal, premium, if any, and
interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustees or any Holders. At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made, but before a
judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes by notice to either of the Trustees may rescind and annul that declaration of acceleration and its
consequences if the rescission and annulment would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of
acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 Section 6.3 Other
Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustees may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture. 
 Either of the Trustees may maintain a proceeding even if they do not possess any of the Notes or do not produce any of them in
the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustees or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy
is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 
 Section 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of
a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustees may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (b) a Default arising from the failure
to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected. When a Default is waived,
it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 
 Section 6.5
Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the U.S. Trustee or of exercising any trust or
power conferred on the U.S. Trustee. However, each Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.1, that each Trustee determines is

  
 -51- 

 
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve each Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that each Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by such Trustee
that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, each Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such
action. 
 Section 6.6 Limitation on Suits. 

(a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, a Holder may not pursue any remedy
with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (i) such Holder has previously given to the Trustees written notice
stating that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (ii) the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes make a written request to the U.S. Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (iii) such Holder or Holders offer to each of the
Trustees security or indemnity satisfactory to each of them against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (iv) the U.S. Trustee
does not comply with the request within 90 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the U.S. Trustee; and 

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the U.S. Trustee a direction
inconsistent with the request during such 90-day period. 
 (b) A Holder may not use this Indenture
to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder, it being understood that neither of the Trustees has an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any actions or forbearances by a Holder are
unduly prejudicial to other Holders. In the event that the Definitive Registered Notes are not issued to any beneficial owner promptly after the Registrar has received a request from the Holder of a Global Note to issue such Definitive Registered
Notes to such beneficial owner of its nominee, the Company expressly agrees and acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to this Indenture, the right of such beneficial holder of Notes to pursue such remedy
with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial holder’s Notes as if such Definitive Registered Notes had been issued. 

Section 6.7 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder
to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

  
 -52- 

 Section 6.8 Collection Suit by U.S. Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.1(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the U.S. Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing
(together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7. 

Section 6.9 Trustees May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustees may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents and take
such other actions, including participating as members, voting or otherwise, of any committee of creditors appointed in the matter, as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustees (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of each of the Trustees, their respective agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary Guarantor, their creditors
or their property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding
is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustees and, in the event that the Trustees shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to first pay to the Trustees any amount due it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustees, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustees under Section 7.7. 

Section 6.10 Priorities. If either Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money
or property in the following order: 
 FIRST: to each of the Trustees for amounts due under Section 7.7; 

SECOND: Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, ratably, and Applicable Premium (if any),
ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest and Applicable Premium (if any), respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Subsidiary Guarantor, if
applicable. 
 The U.S. Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At
least 15 days before such record date, the U.S. Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against either Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not
apply to a suit by the Company, a suit by either Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10.0% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

  
 -53- 

 Section 6.12 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company and each Subsidiary
Guarantor agrees (to the extent it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and
shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustees, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEES

 Section 7.1 Duties of U.S. Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the U.S. Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the U.S. Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and
the U.S. Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the U.S. Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the U.S. Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of
the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon resolutions, statements, instruments, notices, directions, certificates and/or opinions furnished to the U.S. Trustee and conforming on their face to the requirements of this
Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the U.S. Trustee, the U.S. Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not
they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). The U.S. Trustee may (but shall in no way be obligated to) make further
inquiry or investigation into such facts or materials as it sees fit. 
 (c) The U.S. Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or bad faith or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this
subsection (c) shall not be construed to limit the effect of subsection (b) of this Section 7.1; 

  
 -54- 

 (ii) the U.S. Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
good faith by a Responsible Trust Officer, unless it shall be proved that the U.S. Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(iii) the U.S. Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least 25% in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the U.S. Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred upon the U.S. Trustee under this Indenture or believed by it to be authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

(d) Subject to this Article 7, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the U.S. Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of its rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the U.S. Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against
any loss, liability or expense. 
 (e) The U.S. Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the U.S.
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. 
 (f) Money held in trust by the U.S. Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except
to the extent required by law and except for money held in trust under Article 8. 
 (g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the
U.S. Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of
such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (h) Every provision of this Indenture
relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the U.S. Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of Article 7. 

Section 7.2 Rights of U.S. Trustee. 

(a) In the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the U.S. Trustee may conclusively rely on any document, resolution,
statement, notice, direction, certificate and/or opinion believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. 

(b) Before the U.S. Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both
conforming to Section 11.4. The U.S. Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in conclusive reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

(c) The U.S. Trustee may act through attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed
with due care. 

  
 -55- 

 (d) The U.S. Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the U.S. Trustee’s conduct does not constitute bad faith, willful misconduct or negligence. 

(e) The U.S. Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to
this Indenture and the Notes, including any Opinion of Counsel, shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance
with the advice or opinion of such counsel, including any Opinion of Counsel. 
 (f) The U.S. Trustee shall not be required to give any bond
or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
 (g) The U.S. Trustee shall not be bound to ascertain or
inquire as to the performance or observance of any covenants, conditions, or agreements on the part of the Company, but the U.S. Trustee may require of the Company full information and advice as to the performance of the covenants, conditions and
agreements contained herein. 
 (h) The permissive rights of the U.S. Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be
construed as a duty. 
 (i) Except for an Event of Default under Sections 6.1(a) or (b) hereof, the Trustees shall not be deemed to
have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless the U.S. Trustee has received from the Company or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding written notice thereof
at the Corporate Trust Office of the U.S. Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (j) The rights, privileges,
protections, immunities and benefits given to the U.S. Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the U.S. Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, the Canadian Trustee, the
Agents and each other agent, custodian and Person employed to act hereunder. The Canadian Trustee, if undertaking duties and obligations hereunder, shall be subject to the same standards, requirements, rights, privileges, protections, immunities and
benefits (to the extent applicable) applicable to the U.S. Trustee hereunder. 
 (k) In no event shall the U.S. Trustee be responsible or
liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or
terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the U.S. Trustee
shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

  
 -56- 

 (l) In no event shall the U.S. Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
punitive, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the U.S. Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form
of action. 
 (m) Any request or direction of the Company or other Person mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an
Officers’ Certificate or certificate of an Officer of such other Person and any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or of such other Person may be sufficiently evidenced by a board resolution certified by the secretary or
assistant secretary (or similar officer) of such Person. 
 (n) The U.S. Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting
forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which certificate may be updated and delivered to the U.S. Trustee at any time by the Company in its discretion.

 (o) If an Event of Default then exists, the U.S. Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
it by this Indenture (other than the payment of any amounts on the Notes furnished to it pursuant to this Indenture) at the request, order or direction of the percentage of Holders specified herein (or any other person) unless such Holders (or such
other person) shall have furnished to (or caused to be furnished to) the U.S. Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and expenses, that might be incurred by the
U.S. Trustee therein or thereby. 
 (p) Nothing in this Indenture shall require the U.S. Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk
or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (q) No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the
U.S. Trustee to take or omit to take any action, or suffer any action to be taken or omitted, in the performance of their duties or obligations under this Indenture, or to exercise any right or power thereunder, to the extent that taking or omitting
to take such action or suffering such action to be taken or omitted would violate applicable law binding upon them. 
 (r) The U.S. Trustee
may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be
signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as son authorized in any such Officers’ Certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 

(s) To help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the U.S. Trustee will obtain, verify, and record information that
identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open an account with the U.S. Trustee. The U.S. Trustee will ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow the U.S. Trustee to identify
the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. The U.S. Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided.

  
 -57- 

 (t) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all communications (both text
and attachments) by or from the U.S. Trustee that the U.S. Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary, and/or sensitive information and sent by electronic mail will be encrypted. The recipient of the email
communication will be required to complete a one-time registration process. 
 Section 7.3
Individual Rights of the U.S. Trustee. The U.S. Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were
not U.S. Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or any other agent of the U.S. Trustee may do the same with like rights. 
 Section 7.4
U.S. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The U.S. Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of
the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company or any other Person in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the U.S. Trustee’s
certificate of authentication. 
 Section 7.5 Notice of Defaults. Subject to Section 7.2(i), if a Default occurs and is
continuing and is actually known to a Responsible Trust Officer of a Trustee, that Trustee shall send to the other Trustee and each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default specified in Sections
6.1(a) or (b), a Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if that Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 

Section 7.6 [Reserved] 

Section 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to each of the Trustees from time to time such compensation
for its services as shall be agreed to in writing from time to time by the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustees. Neither of the Trustee’s compensation shall be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.
The Company shall reimburse each of the Trustees upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in
addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of each of the Trustees’ agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustees, their agents, representatives, officers, directors, employees and attorneys against any and all loss, liability, damage, claim (whether asserted by the Company, a Subsidiary
Guarantor, a Holder or any other person) or expense (including reasonable compensation and expenses and disbursements of each of the Trustees’ counsel) arising out of or in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of
its duties, or in connection with the enforcement of any rights hereunder, or arising out of or in 

  
 -58- 

 
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder. Each Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by a
Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and each of the Trustees shall provide reasonable cooperation in such defense. Each of the Trustees may have separate
counsel of its selection and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if the Company assumes
such defense unless there is a conflict of interest between the Company and either of the Trustees in connection with such defense as determined by such Trustee in consultation with counsel or if there are additional or separate defenses available
to such Trustee that are not available to the Company and the Company is unable to assert any such defense on such Trustee’s behalf. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss,
liability, damage, claim or expense incurred by either a Trustee through its own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence. 
 (b) To
secure the payment obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in this Section 7.7, the Trustees shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustees, in its capacity as Trustees, other
than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest, if any, on particular Notes. 
 (c) The Company’s payment
obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the resignation or removal of either of the Trustees and the discharge of this Indenture. When either of the Trustees incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in
Section 6.1(f) or (g) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 

Section 7.8 Replacement of Trustees. 

(a) The Trustees may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice of such resignation to the Company and be discharged from the
trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove a Trustee by so notifying such Trustee and the Company 30 days prior in writing. The Company shall remove a
Trustee if: 
 (i) such Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10; 

(ii) such Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to such Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (iii) a receiver or public officer takes charge of such Trustee or its property; or 

(iv) such Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

  
 -59- 

 (b) If a Trustee resigns or has been removed by the Holders, Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee. Otherwise, if a Trustee resigns or is removed (and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee), or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for
any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee to
replace it with another successor Trustee appointed by the Company. The U.S. Trustee can only be replaced by another U.S. Trustee and the Canadian Trustee can only be replaced by another Canadian Trustee, unless the responsibilities and obligations
of the U.S. Trustee and the Canadian Trustee have been combined into a single trustee or the Canadian Trustee has been removed, in each case, pursuant to Section 9.1(a)(xiii). 

(c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to
Holders, and include in the notice its name and address of its corporate trust office. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7.

 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee,
the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder of Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes. 
 (f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the
Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

Section 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger. 

(a) If either the Canadian Trustee or U.S. Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its
corporate trust business or assets to, another Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee Person is otherwise eligible under this Indenture, be the successor
Canadian Trustee or U.S. Trustee, as applicable. 
 (b) In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation to either the Canadian Trustee or U.S. Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the U.S. Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any applicable predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the U.S. Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the
name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the U.S. Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which the Notes provide or this Indenture provides that the certificate of the U.S. Trustee
shall have. 

  
 -60- 

 Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 

(a) There shall at all times be one or more Trustees under this Indenture, at least one of whom shall at all times be a corporation organized
and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state or of the District of Columbia or a corporation or other person permitted to act as trustee by the SEC, which (1) is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust
powers, and (2) is subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, or District of Columbia authorities. 
 (b) Such Trustee
shall have at all times a combined capital and surplus of not less than $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

(c) The rights, powers, duties, and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustees or any of them shall be conferred or imposed upon and
exercised or performed by such Trustee and such co- trustees jointly, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, such Trustee shall be
incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties, and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such co-trustees. 

Section 7.11 No Liability for Co-Trustee. 

No Trustee appointed hereunder shall be personally liable or responsible by reason of any act or omission of any other Trustee hereunder. 

Section 7.12 Limitation on Trustees’ Liability. 

Except as provided in this Article 7, in accepting the trusts hereby created, the entities acting as Trustees are acting solely as Trustees
hereunder and not in their individual capacity and, except as provided in this Article 7, all Persons having any claim against either of the Trustees by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture or any Note shall look only to the
Company for payment or satisfaction thereof. 
 ARTICLE 8 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.1 Discharge of Liability On Notes; Defeasance. 

(a) When (i) the Company delivers to the U.S. Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.8) for
cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Notes not previously delivered to the U.S. Trustee for cancellation: have become due and payable, will become due and payable whether at their stated maturity within one year or are to be called for
redemption within one year as a result of a mailing of a notice of irrevocable redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof, and the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the U.S. Trustee, in trust, money
or U.S. Government Obligations, or 

  
 -61- 

 
a combination thereof (such amount to be certified in the case of U.S. Government Obligations by a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants, a nationally recognized investment bank
or a nationally recognized appraisal or valuation firm, with customary assumptions expressing their opinion to the effect that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus
any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be) sufficient to pay and discharge
the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the U.S. Trustee for cancellation (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.8), for the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of the deposit
or to the stated maturity or redemption, as the case may be, then this Indenture and all of the Company’s obligations in respect of the Notes shall, subject to Section 8.1(c), cease to be of further effect, and the Company shall be deemed
to have satisfied and discharged the Indenture and all of its obligations in respect of the Notes. The Trustees shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company will continue to be obligated to pay all other sums due under the Indenture to the Trustees. 

(b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture
(“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Article 4 (with the exception of Sections 4.1 and 4.3) and Article 5 and the operation of Sections 6.1(c), 6.1(d) (with respect to Sections 4.2, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8 and
4.9), 6.1(e), 6.1(f), 6.1(g), 6.1(h) and 6.1(i) (but, in the case of Sections 6.1(f) and 6.1(g), with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries and the Subsidiary Guarantors) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Company may exercise
its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. 
 If the Company exercises its legal
defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections
6.1(c), 6.1(d) (with respect to Sections 4.2, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7,4.8 and 4.9), 6.1(e), 6.1(f), 6.1(g), 6.1(h) and 6.1(i) (but, in the case of Sections 6.1(f) and 6.1(g), with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries and the Subsidiary Guarantors) or
because of the failure of the Company to comply with Article 5. If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all its obligations with respect to its
Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustees shall
acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates. 
 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b)
above, the Company’s rights and obligations in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 7.7, 7.8 and this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s rights and obligations in
Sections 7.7 and 8.4 shall survive. 

  
 -62- 

 Section 8.2 Conditions to Defeasance. 

(a) The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if: 

(i) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the U.S. Trustee money in an amount sufficient or U.S. Government
Obligations, the principal of and interest on which shall be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient to pay the principal of, and premium (if any), and interest, on the Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including
interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date; 
 (ii) the Company delivers to the U.S. Trustee a certificate from a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, a nationally recognized investment bank or a nationally recognized appraisal or valuation firm, with customary assumptions expressing their opinion to the effect that the payments of
principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest
when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (iii) the Company delivers to the Trustees an
Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that: the beneficial owners of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance or covenant defeasance; and the defeasance or covenant
defeasance will not otherwise alter those beneficial owners’ Canadian federal income tax treatment of principal and interest payments on the notes; 

(iv) such defeasance or covenant defeasance does not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any
indenture or other agreement or instrument for borrowed money to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound (other than a default or event of default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any
simultaneous deposit relating to other indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 
 (v)
no Default or Event of Default under this Indenture has occurred and is continuing after giving effect to such defeasance or covenant defeasance (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such
deposit and any simultaneous deposit relating to other indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 

(vi) the Company is not an “insolvent person” within the meaning of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and is
not insolvent, unable to pay its debts in full or on the eve of insolvency under applicable provincial law on the date of such deposit; 

  
 -63- 

 (vii) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustees an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (B) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in
the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax
purposes as a result of such defeasance and that such defeasance will not otherwise alter those beneficial owners’ United States federal income tax treatment of principal and interest payments on the Notes; 

(viii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustees an Opinion of Counsel to
the effect that the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result such defeasance and that such defeasance will not otherwise alter those beneficial owners’
United States federal income tax treatment of principal and interest payments on the Notes; and 
 (ix) the Company delivers
to the Trustees an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent to such defeasance or covenant defeasance as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with. 

(b) In connection with any defeasance or covenant defeasance involving a redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the
amount deposited with the U.S. Trustee as provided in Section 8.2(a)(i) in respect of such Applicable Premium shall be sufficient if equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of deposit, with any deficit as of the date of
redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the U.S. Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption. 

Section 8.3 Application of Trust Money. The U.S. Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with
it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of, interest (if any) and Additional Amounts
(if any) on the Notes. 
 Section 8.4 Repayment to Company. The U.S. Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to
the Company upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustees (which delivery shall
only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the U.S. Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held
by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors. 

  
 -64- 

 Section 8.5 Reinstatement. If the U.S. Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to
apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the U.S. Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all
such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the U.S. Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENTS

 Section 9.1 Without Consent of Holders. 

(a) The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustees may enter into supplemental indentures that amend, waive or supplement the terms
of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees without notice to or consent of any Holder for the following specific purposes: 

(i) to evidence the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under this
Indenture, the Notes or a Subsidiary Guarantee; 
 (ii) to add guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Subsidiary
Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture as permitted by this Indenture; 
 (iii) to
convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustees for the benefit of the Holders; 
 (iv) to
surrender any right or power this Indenture may confer on the Company; 
 (v) to add to the covenants made in this Indenture
for the benefit of the Holders of all Notes (as determined in good faith by the Company); 
 (vi) to make any change that
does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect (as determined in good faith by the Company); 

(vii) to add any additional Events of Default; 

(viii) to secure the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; 

  
 -65- 

 (ix) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by additional
or successor Trustees with respect to the Notes; 
 (x) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture; 

(xi) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision contained under the heading
“Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision contained under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this
Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees (as determined in good faith by the Company); 
 (xii) to provide for the
issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date; 
 (xiii)
if permitted by applicable law, to combine the responsibilities and obligations of the U.S. Trustee and the Canadian Trustee into a single trustee for all purposes of this Indenture and the Notes or to remove the Canadian Trustee, subject to the
assumption of the Canadian Trustee’s obligations under this Indenture by the U.S. Trustee; 
 (xiv) to make any
amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer, legending and delegending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance, administration and book-entry transfer of the
Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law, including Canadian Securities
Laws, and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes (except as may be required to comply with securities laws); or 

(xv) to supplement any provisions of this Indenture necessary to defease and discharge the Notes or this Indenture (in
accordance with Article 8 herein); provided that such action does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Notes in any material respect (as determined in good faith by the Company). 

(b) After an amendment under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such
amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section. 

Section 9.2 With Consent of Holders; Waiver. 

(a) The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustees may modify and amend any of this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary
Guarantees with the written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or
exchange offer for, such Notes). However, no modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby: 

(i) change the stated maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest payable on, the outstanding Notes; 

  
 -66- 

 (ii) reduce the principal amount of, or the rate of interest on, any
outstanding Notes or the premium, if any, payable upon the redemption thereof that would be due and payable upon redemption of such Note (other than the provisions pursuant to Section 4.9) or would be provable in bankruptcy, or adversely affect
any right of repayment of the Holder of the outstanding Notes; 
 (iii) reduce the amount of principal of Notes payable upon
acceleration of the maturity thereof; 
 (iv) change the place of payment or the coin or currency in which the principal of
or premium, if any, or the interest on the outstanding Notes is payable; 
 (v) impair any Holder’s right to receive
payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on or after the due dates therefor or any Holder’s right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the outstanding Notes; 

(vi) modify the Subsidiary Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not
including modifications necessary to give effect to any of the provisions set forth in Section 10.6 or Section 4.7); 

(vii) reduce the percentage of the Holders of the outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend this Indenture, to waive
compliance with any provision of this Indenture or certain Defaults and consequences of the Defaults or to reduce the quorum or voting requirements set forth in this Indenture; or 

(viii) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.2 or any of the provisions relating to the waiver of certain past
defaults or provisions of this Indenture, except to increase the required percentage to effect such action or to provide that certain other provisions may not be modified or waived without the consent of all of the Holders of Notes. 

(b) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but
it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (c) After an amendment under this Section 9.2 becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section. 

(d) Subject to Sections 9.1(a) and 9.2(a), the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may,
on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, waive (including, without limitation, by consent obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) compliance by the Company with

  
 -67- 

 
any provision of this Indenture. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, waive (including,
without limitation, by consent obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) past defaults by the Company under certain covenants of this Indenture which relate to the Notes. However, a default in the
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes or relating to a provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected may not be so
waived. 
 Section 9.3 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. 

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of
the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s
Note or portion of the Note if the Trustees receive written notice of revocation at the Corporate Trust Office of the U.S. Trustee before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall
bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Company or the Trustees of the requisite number of consents, (ii) satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and
any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or Guarantee Agreement) by the Company and the Trustees. 

(b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their
consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date
(or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No
such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 
 Section 9.4 Notation on or Exchange of
Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the U.S. Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the U.S. Trustee. The U.S. Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it
to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the U.S. Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate
notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 
 Section 9.5 Trustees To Sign Amendments,
etc.. Each of the Trustees shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of such Trustee. If it does, such Trustee
may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustees shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and complies with the provisions hereof and is legally valid and binding against the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors. 

  
 -68- 

 ARTICLE 10 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 

Section 10.1 Subsidiary Guarantees. 

(a) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to each Holder and to the Trustees and
their respective successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including obligations to the
Trustees) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, or interest on in respect of the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within
applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed
Obligations”). Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Subsidiary Guarantor, and that each such Subsidiary
Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 
 (b) Each
Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice of any default under the
Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustees to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the
Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise, (ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof, (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of
this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, (iv) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Subsidiary
Guarantor. 
 (c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided
among the Subsidiary Guarantors, such that such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company first
be used and depleted as payment of the Company’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives any right
to which it may be entitled to require that the Company be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Subsidiary Guarantor. 

  
 -69- 

 (d) Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee herein
constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustees to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed
Obligations. 
 (e) Except as expressly set forth in Section 8.1(b), 10.2 and 10.6, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor
hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim,
recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or
otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustees to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or
delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Subsidiary Guarantor or would
otherwise operate as a discharge of any Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 (f) Subject to Section 10.6, each
Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees, subject to Section 10.6, that its Subsidiary
Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or
the Trustees upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise. 
 (g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation
of any other right which any Holder or the Trustees have at law or in equity against any Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same
shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustees,
forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustees an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but
only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to the Holders and the Trustees. 

(h) Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment or discharge in full of all Guaranteed Obligations other than obligations for fees and expenses. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders
and the Trustees, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of 

  
 -70- 

 
any Subsidiary Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and
(ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Subsidiary Guarantor for
the purposes of this Section 10.1. 
 (i) Each Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustees or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1. 

(j) Upon request of the Trustees, each Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may
be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 Section 10.2 Limitation on
Liability. Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be
hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or voidable transaction or similar laws affecting the rights of
creditors generally. This Indenture does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would result in this Indenture constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of s. 678 or s. 679 of the Companies Act 2006 of the United
Kingdom. 
 Section 10.3 Successors and Assigns. This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Subsidiary Guarantor and its
successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustees and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustees, the rights and privileges conferred upon
that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 

Section 10.4 No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustees or the Holders in exercising any right,
power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustees and
the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 

Section 10.5 Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any
departure by any Subsidiary Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustees, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for
which given. No notice to or demand on any Subsidiary Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Subsidiary Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 

  
 -71- 

 Section 10.6 Release of Subsidiary Guarantor. A Subsidiary Guarantor shall be
automatically released from its obligations under this Article 10 (other than any obligation that may have arisen under Section 10.7) upon: 

(a) 
 (i) the
release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations as a guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than in connection with payment in full of such Senior Credit Facilities) or in respect of such other debt that caused it to become a
Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 4.7, so long as such Subsidiary Guarantor would not then otherwise be required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.7; 

(ii) the sale, issuance or other disposition of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger,
amalgamation or consolidation) such that such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving
effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary, so long as such sale, issuance or other disposition of Capital Stock is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; 

(iii) immediately prior to or following the dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor; or 

(iv) the Company exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option pursuant to Article 8 or if the
Company’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (b) the Company or such
Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustees an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with, except in the case of a
merger, consolidation or amalgamation of a subsidiary guarantor into or with the Company; and 
 (c) at the request of the Company, the
Trustees shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release (in the form provided by the Company). 

Section 10.7 Execution of Guarantee Agreement for Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Company shall cause each Subsidiary which is
required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.7 to within the time period specified therein execute and deliver to the Trustees a Guarantee Agreement pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor under
this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such Guarantee Agreement, the Company will deliver to the Trustees an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that
all conditions provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with except in the case of a merger, consolidation or amalgamation of a Subsidiary Guarantor into or with the Company. 

Section 10.8 Non-Impairment. The failure to endorse a Subsidiary Guarantee on any Note
shall not affect or impair the validity thereof. 

  
 -72- 

 Section 10.9 Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under
its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion
of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 

ARTICLE 11 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 11.1 [Reserved]. 

Section 11.2 Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail
addressed as follows: 
 if to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor: 

Open Text Corporation 
 275
Frank Tompa Drive 
 Waterloo, Ontario N2L 0A1, 

Attention: Gordon A. Davies 

Phone: 416-956-0322 

Facsimile: 226-315-0963 

with copies to: 
 Cleary
Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP 
 One Liberty Plaza 

New York, New York 10006 

Attention: Craig B. Brod 

Facsimile: 212-225-3999 

and 
 Blake, Cassels &
Graydon LLP 
 199 Bay Street, Suite 4000 

Commerce Court West 
 Toronto,
Ontario, Canada M5L 1A9 
 Attention: Chris Hewat 

Facsimile: 416-863-2653 

  
 -73- 

 if to the U.S. Trustee: 

The Bank of New York Mellon 

240 Greenwich Street, 7th Floor East 

New York, NY 10286 
 Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration 
 Facsimile: 212-815-5366

 Telephone: (212) 815-2274 

if to the Canadian Trustee: 

BNY Trust Company of Canada 
 1
York Street, 6th Floor 
 Toronto, Ontario M5J 0B6 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 

Facsimile: (416) 360-1711 

Email: csmtoronto@bnymellon.com 

Telephone: (416) 933-8500 

The Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustees by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. 
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as
it appears on the Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
 Failure to mail a notice or
communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice,
either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustees, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a
Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the giving of such
notice. 
 If the Company sends a notice or communication to the Holders, it shall mail a copy to each of the Trustees at the same time.

 Section 11.3 Trustee Instructions. The Trustee shall have the right to accept and act upon instructions, including funds
transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given by the Company pursuant to this Indenture and delivered using unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic
methods (including pdf files) (“Electronic Means”); provided, however, that the Company shall provide to the Trustee an incumbency certificate listing officers with the authority to provide such Instructions (each, an
“Authorized Officer”) and containing specimen signatures of such Authorized Officers, which incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Company whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the

  
 -74- 

 
Company elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the Trustee elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed
controlling. The issuer understands and agrees that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Instructions that purport to have been sent by an Authorized
Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Authorized Officer. The Company shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the
issuers and all Authorized Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys upon receipt by the issuers. The Trustee shall not be liable for any
losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such Instructions notwithstanding such Instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company
agrees: (a) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse
by third parties; and (b) to notify the Trustee immediately upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security procedures. 

Section 11.4 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustees to
take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture (except for authentication of the Notes by the Trustees on the Issue Date, which shall not require an Opinion of Counsel), the Company shall furnish to the Trustees: 

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees (which shall include the statements set forth
in Section 11.5) to the effect that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 11.5) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 

Section 11.5 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant
or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (a) a statement to the effect that the individual making such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition and the related definitions; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement to
the effect that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

  
 -75- 

 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or
condition has been complied with. 
 Section 11.6 When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required
principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustees shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which
the Trustees know are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 

Section 11.7 Rules by U.S. Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The U.S. Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a
meeting of Holders. The Canadian Trustee, Registrar or the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 Section 11.8
Business Days. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the
record date shall not be affected. 
 Section 11.9 Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. This Indenture provides that the Company, the Trustees, and each Holder by its acceptance hereof, irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all
right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby. 

Section 11.10 No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor, or of any stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, either directly or through the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case
may be, under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation whether by virtue of any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment
or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all and all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

Section 11.11 Successors. All agreements of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind
its successors. All agreements of either of the Trustees in this Indenture shall bind each of its respective successors. 

  
 -76- 

 Section 11.12 Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of
this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and
delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of all the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all
purposes other than the U.S. Trustee’s signature on the certificate of authentication on each Note. 
 Section 11.13 Table of
Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 11.14 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO, AND EACH
HOLDER OF SECURITIES BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. 
 Section 11.15 Force Majeure. In no event shall
either of the Trustees be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of their obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work
stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it
being understood that the Trustees shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

Section 11.16 USA Patriot Act Compliance. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities,
federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Person who opens an account. For a non-individual Person such as a business entity, a charity, a
trust or other legal entity, the Trustees will ask for documentation to verify its formation and existence as a legal entity. The Trustees may also ask to see financial statements, licenses, identification and authorization documents from
individuals claiming authority to represent the entity or other relevant documentation. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors agree to provide all such information and documentation as to themselves as requested by the U.S. Trustee to ensure
compliance with federal law. 
 Section 11.17 Submission to Jurisdiction. 

The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor not organized in the United States shall appoint Corporation Service Company as its agent for
service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees and for actions brought under the U.S. federal or state securities laws brought in any U.S. federal or state court located
in the Borough of Manhattan in the County and City of New York. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal or state
courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the County 

  
 -77- 

 
and City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees and for actions brought under the U.S. federal or
state securities laws. Service of any process on Corporation Service Company in any such action (and written notice of such service to the Company) shall be effective service of process against the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor not organized
in the United States with respect to any such suit, action or proceeding. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any
such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. A final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and each
Subsidiary Guarantor and may be enforced in any other courts to whose jurisdiction the Company is or may be subject, by suit upon judgment. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that nothing herein shall affect any Holder’s
right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or bring a suit action or proceeding (including a proceeding for enforcement of a judgment) in any other court or jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. 

Section 11.18 Waiver of Immunity. 

To the extent that each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or
may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in
any such legal action, suit or proceeding, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any Canadian, New York state or U.S. federal court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of
execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to the
obligations and liabilities of each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally waives or will waive such right to the extent permitted by applicable law, and agrees not to plead or claim, any such immunity and consent to such relief and enforcement. 

Section 11.19 Conversion of Currency. 

If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due under this Indenture to the Holder from U.S.
dollars to another currency, the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor has agreed, and each Holder by holding such Note will be deemed to have agreed, to the fullest extent that the Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor and they may effectively do so,
that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures such Holder could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in New York City, New York on the Business Day preceding the day on which final
judgment is given. 

  
 -78- 

 The Company’s and Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations to any Holder will,
notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than U.S. dollars, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Holder or the U.S. Trustee, as the case may be, of any
amount in such Judgment Currency, such Holder may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the U.S. dollars so purchased is less than the amount originally to be paid to such
Holder or the U.S. Trustee in the Judgment Currency (as determined in the manner set forth in the preceding paragraph), as the case may be, each of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees, as a separate obligation
and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Holder and the U.S. Trustee, as the case may be, against any such loss. If the amount of the U.S. dollars so purchased is more than the amount originally to be paid to such Holder or the U.S.
Trustee, as the case may be, such Holder or the U.S. Trustee, as the case may be, will pay the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, such excess; provided that such Holder or the U.S. Trustee, as the case may be, shall not have any obligation to
pay any such excess as long as a Default under the Notes or this Indenture has occurred and is continuing or if the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors shall have failed to pay any Holder or the U.S. Trustee any amounts then due and payable under
such Note or this Indenture, in which case such excess may be applied by such Holder or the U.S. Trustee to such Obligations. 

[Signatures on following page] 

  
 -79- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 
  

					
	Open Text Corporation
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name:	 	Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

  

			
	Open Text Canada Ltd.
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer
	
	Open Text ULC
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President
	
	Open Text SA ULC
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President
	
	Vignette Partnership LP
		
	By:	 	Open Text Canada Ltd., its General
		 	Partner
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer

  
 -80- 

 
			
	Open Text Holdings, Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer
	
	Open Text Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer
	
	GXS, Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer
	
	GXS International, Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer

  
 -81- 

 
			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as U.S. Trustee
		
	By	 	/s/ Bhawna Dhayal
		 	Name: Bhawna Dhayal
		 	Title:   Authorized Signatory
	
	BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as Canadian Trustee
		
	By	 	/s/ Bhawna Dhayal
		 	Name: Bhawna Dhayal
		 	Title:   Vice-President

  
 -82- 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 

[Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND
ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR
SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

[[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF
SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT (AS DEFINED BELOW)) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A
THEREUNDER.] 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF
ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH
TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 

  
 A-1 

 [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] 

[[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE
OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S,] 

ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED
IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE U.S. TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF
THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
(“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF
ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION, 

  
 A-2 

 
HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR
SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS. 
 UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER CANADIAN SECURITIES
LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE [INSERT THE DATE THAT IS FOUR MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION DATE OF THE NOTES]. 

  
 A-3 

			
	No.	  	$

 3.875% Senior Note due 2028 

CUSIP No. [                ]1 
 ISIN No.
[                ]2 

OPEN TEXT CORPORATION, a corporation organized under the laws of Canada, promises to pay to
[                ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of                Dollars
(as such sum may be increased or decreased as reflected on the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on February 15, 2028. 

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15. 

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	1	 Rule 144A: 683715AC0 

Regulation S: C69827AC4 

	2	 Rule 144A: US683715AC05 

Regulation S: USC69827AC45 

  
 A-4 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	 OPEN TEXT CORPORATION

			
		
	 By:
	 	 
	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  
 A-5 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

Dated: 
  

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
		
		 	as U.S. Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-6 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

3.875% Senior Note due 2028 
 1.
Interest 
 Open Text Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (such corporation, and its successors and assigns
under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company shall pay interest semiannually on
February 15 and August 15 of each year. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from February 18, 2020
until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever any interest or fee under the Notes or the Indenture is calculated using a rate
based on a number of days less than a full year, such rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar
year in which the period for which such interest or fee is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by the number of days based on which such rate is calculated. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any
interest calculation under the Notes or the Indenture. The rates of interest stipulated in the Notes and the Indenture are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields. 

2. Method of Payment 

The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on
the February 1 or August 1 preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The
Company shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note
(including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor Depositary. The Company shall make all payments in respect
of a Definitive Registered Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each
Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with
a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the U.S. Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for
payment (or such other date as the U.S. Trustee may accept in its discretion). 

  
 A-7 

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar 

Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon (the “U.S. Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may
appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent (prior to an Event of Default) or Registrar. 

4. Indenture 
 The
Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 18, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and the Trustees. Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein
have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture and Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. 

The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to
Section 2.15 of the Indenture. The Original Notes (as defined in the Indenture) and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the
Company and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, create or incur Liens, and enter into certain Sale/Leaseback Transactions. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company to consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into any
other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its property. 
 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the
principal of, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the
Notes and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors have jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 

5. Optional Redemption 

Except as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Indenture and in the following paragraphs of this Section 5, the Notes shall not be
redeemable at the option of the Company prior to February 15, 2023. 
 On and after February 15, 2023, the Company shall be
entitled at its option on one or more occasions to redeem all or a portion of the Notes (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes Additional Notes, if any) at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the
redemption date), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 15 of the years set forth below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2023
	  	 	101.938	% 
	 2024
	  	 	100.969	% 
	 2025 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 A-8 

 In addition, at any time prior to February 15, 2023, the Company may at its option on
one or more occasions redeem in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 40.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes Additional Notes, if any) originally issued at a redemption price
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 103.875%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date), with the net cash proceeds from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings; provided, however, that (a) at least 50% of such aggregate principal amount of Notes (excluding any Additional Notes, if any) originally issued
under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (b) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of the related Qualified Equity Offering. 

Prior to February 15, 2023, the Company shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes (which, for the avoidance
of doubt, includes Additional Notes, if any) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the redemption date (subject to the right of
Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 Any redemption may, at the
Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, which will be set forth in the related notice of redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of a Qualified Equity Offering, other offering or financing or other
transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice will describe each such condition, and if applicable, will state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption
date may be delayed until such time (provided, however, that any redemption date will not be more than 60 days after the date of the notice of redemption) as any or all such conditions will be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such
notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions will not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. If any condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Company will provide written
notice to the Trustees prior to the close of business one Business Day prior to the redemption date. Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded or delayed and the redemption of the Notes shall be rescinded or delayed as
provided in such notice. Upon receipt, the U.S. Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given. 

6. Sinking Fund 
 The
Notes are not subject to any sinking fund. 

  
 A-9 

 7. Notice of Redemption 

Notice of any redemption pursuant to Section 5 above shall be mailed by first-class mail (or otherwise delivered in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures) at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed (or otherwise delivered in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures) more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Any inadvertent defect in the notice of redemption,
including an inadvertent failure to give notice, to any Holder selected for redemption shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note redeemed in accordance with provisions of the Indenture. Notes in denominations of
$2,000 or less may be redeemed in whole but not in part. 
 If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that
relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. We will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the
original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. With respect to registered Notes issued in global form, the principal amount of such Note or Notes will be adjusted in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.
Notes held in certificated form must be surrendered to the Paying Agent in order to collect the redemption price. Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on
Notes or portions of them called for redemption. 
 8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Triggering
Event 
 In accordance with Section 4.9 of the Indenture, the Company shall be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the
occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event. Any Holder of Notes shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase
price equal to 101.0% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 9. Denominations;
Transfer; Exchange 
 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustees may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer
documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the
Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of such notes, for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of such Notes to be redeemed in
part, for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date applicable to such Notes; or which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer. 

  
 A-10 

 10. Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

11. Unclaimed Money 
 If
money for the payment of principal, interest, or Applicable Premium (if any) remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustees and the Paying Agent shall pay the money to the Company upon its written request unless an applicable abandoned property law
designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors and the Trustees and the Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 

12. Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes
and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the U.S. Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) and (ii) any
default may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustees may amend the Indenture or the Notes: (i) to evidence the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or a Subsidiary
Guarantee, as applicable, in compliance with Article 5 of the Indenture; (ii) to add guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture as permitted by the
Indenture; (iii) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustees for benefit of the Holders of the Notes; (iv) to surrender any right or power the Indenture may confer on the Company; (v) to add to
the covenants made in the Indenture for the benefit of the Holders of all Notes (as determined in good faith by the Company); (vi) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect (as determined in
good faith by the Company); (vii) to add any additional Events of Default; (viii) to secure the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee; (ix) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by additional or successor Trustees with
respect to the Notes; (x) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture; (xi) to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision contained under the heading “Description of
Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision contained under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering 

  
 A-11 

 
Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees (as determined in good faith by the Company); (xii) to provide for the
issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the Issue Date; (xiii) if permitted by applicable law, to combine the responsibilities and obligations of the U.S. Trustee and the Canadian Trustee
into a single trustee for all purposes of the Indenture and the notes or to remove the Canadian Trustee, subject to the assumption of the Canadian Trustee’s obligations under the Indenture by the U.S. Trustee; (xiv) to make any amendment
to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer, legending and delegending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance, administration and book-entry transfer of the Notes;
provided, however, that (A) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law, including Canadian Securities Laws, and
(B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes (except as may be required to comply with securities laws); and (xv) to supplement any provisions of the Indenture necessary to defease
and discharge the Notes or the Indenture (in accordance with the defeasance or discharge provisions, of the Indenture), provided that such action does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Notes in any material respect (as
determined in good faith by the Company). 
 14. Defaults and Remedies 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include: (a) default for 30 days in the payment of any interest on the Notes when due;
(b) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at its stated maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; (c) the failure by the Company to
comply with any of its obligations under Section 4.9 of the Indenture; (d) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as
applicable, in the Indenture (other than a failure to comply with Section 6.1(c) of the Indenture) with respect to the Notes or any guarantee relating thereto, as applicable, and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days
after written notice is given to the Company by the Trustees or to the Company and the Trustees by the Holders of 25.0% or more in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied
and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” as defined in the Indenture; (e) the Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect except as otherwise permitted under the Indenture or is
declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or is disaffirmed by the Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary; (f) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization; (g) certain accelerations (including failure to
pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other Indebtedness of the Company if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $150.0 million; and (h) certain judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of
$150.0 million. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the U.S. Trustee (by written notice to the Company) or the Holders
of not less than 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (by written notice to the Company and the U.S. Trustee) may, and the U.S. Trustee at the written request of such Holders shall, declare the principal amount of and
premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations on the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which shall result in the Notes being due and
payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default. 

  
 A-12 

 Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Each
Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustees in their exercise of
any trust or power. The Trustees may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders. 

15. Trustees Dealings with the Company 

Each Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
 16. No Recourse Against Others 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or of any stockholder of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, either directly or through the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, under the Notes or the Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation whether by virtue of any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise.
By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all and all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

17. Authentication 
 This
Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the U.S. Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

18. Abbreviations 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

19. Governing Law 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
 A-13 

 The Indenture provides that the Company, the Trustees, and each Holder by its acceptance
thereof, irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture, the Notes or any transaction contemplated thereby. 

20. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustees to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in
notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers placed thereon. 
 The Company shall furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy
of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 

  
 A-14 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign
and transfer this Note to 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                agent to transfer this Note on the
books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

			
	
                   
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                     

		
	Date:
                                         
           	  	Your Signature:
                                         
                                         
                  

  

			
	
                   
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                     

 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

Signature Guarantee*: 
  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustees). 

  
 A-15 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE 

OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 

This certificate relates to $                principal amount
of Notes held in (check applicable space)                book-entry or
                definitive form by the undersigned. 
 The
undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 	☐	 has requested the U.S. Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global
Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with
the Indenture; or 

  

	 	☐	 has requested the U.S. Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such
Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

	 	(1)    ☐	 to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or 

 

	 	(2)    ☐	 under a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the “Securities Act”) or a prospectus qualified under Canadian Securities Laws; or 

  

	 	(3)    ☐	 for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale under Rule 144A, to a person seller reasonably believes is a
qualified institutional buyer that is purchasing for its own account or the account of another qualified buyer that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of another qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that the
transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or 

  

	 	(4)    ☐	 through offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the
United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws; or 

  

	 	(5)    ☐	 under any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or an exemption
from the prospectus requirement under Canadian Securities Laws. 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the U.S. Trustee
shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5) is checked, the Company or the U.S. Trustee may
require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the U.S. Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. 

  
 A-16 

 
	
	
	 Your Signature

 Signature of Signature Guarantee 

Date:
                                         
        
  

	
	
	 Signature of Signature Guarantor

  
  

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor
is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	 Dated:
	 		 		 	 
		 		 		 	 NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

				
		 		 		 	 Name:

		 		 		 	 Title:

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                        
     
  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

  
 A-17 

 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $[        ]. The following increases or decreases
in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of
this Global
Note	  	Principal
amount of
this Global
Note
following
such decrease
or increase	  	Signature of
authorized
signatory of
U.S. Trustee
or
Custodian

  
 A-18 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the
Indenture, check the box: 
  

	 	☐	 Change of Control Triggering Event 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, state the
amount ($2,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): 
 $ 

Date:
                                         
        
  

	
	 Your Signature:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         

	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

	
	 Signature Guarantee:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                 

	 Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion

program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the U.S. Trustee

  
 A-19 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE] 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of
[                ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of OPEN TEXT CORPORATION (or its successor), a corporation organized under the
laws of Canada (the “Company”), the COMPANY and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as the U.S. trustee, and BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as the Canadian Trustee (together, the “Trustees”) under the indenture referred to
below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H : 

WHEREAS the Company and the existing Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore executed and
delivered to the Trustees an Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of February 18, 2020, providing for the issuance of 3.875% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS Section 4.7 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company is required to cause the New Guarantor to
execute and deliver to the Trustees a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Company’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set
forth herein and under the Indenture; and 
 WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustees, the Company and the New
Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company and the Trustees mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all the existing Subsidiary Guarantors, to
unconditionally guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes. 

3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all
respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or
hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 

  
 B-1 

 4. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 5. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE NEW GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEES HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. 
 6. Trustees Make No Representation. Neither of the Trustees makes any representation
as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of
this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or .pdf transmission shall
constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or .pdf shall be deemed
to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction thereof. 1 

 

	1 	 Note: This Supplemental Indenture may include provisions specific to the jurisdiction of incorporation of the
New Guarantor as determined in good faith by the Company in consultation with local counsel. 

  
 B-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NEW GUARANTOR],
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	OPEN TEXT CORPORATION,
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as U.S. Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as Canadian Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 B-3EX-4.3

 Exhibit 4.3 

INDENTURE 
 among 

OPEN TEXT HOLDINGS, INC., as Issuer 

OPEN TEXT CORPORATION, as Guarantor 

EACH OF THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO, 

and 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as U.S. Trustee, 
 and 
 BNY
TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as Canadian Trustee 
 dated as of February 18, 2020 

 Table of Contents 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	 ARTICLE 1
  

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  
 

 

	 Section 1.1
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	6	 
	 Section 1.2
	  	 Other Definitions
	  	 	17	 
	 Section 1.3
	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	 	18	 
	 Section 1.4
	  	 Acts of Holders
	  	 	19	 
	  
 ARTICLE 2

 
 THE NOTES

 
	 
  

  

	 Section 2.1
	  	 Form and Dating
	  	 	21	 
	 Section 2.2
	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	 	22	 
	 Section 2.3
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	 	23	 
	 Section 2.4
	  	 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust
	  	 	24	 
	 Section 2.5
	  	 Holder Lists
	  	 	24	 
	 Section 2.6
	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	24	 
	 Section 2.7
	  	 Definitive Registered Notes
	  	 	31	 
	 Section 2.8
	  	 Replacement Notes
	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.9
	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.10
	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	32	 
	 Section 2.11
	  	 Defaulted Interest
	  	 	33	 
	 Section 2.12
	  	 Cancellation
	  	 	33	 
	 Section 2.13
	  	 Additional Amounts
	  	 	33	 
	 Section 2.14
	  	 CUSIP Numbers
	  	 	37	 
	 Section 2.15
	  	 Issuance of Additional Notes
	  	 	37	 
	 Section 2.16
	  	 Computation of Interest
	  	 	37	 
	  
 ARTICLE 3

 
 REDEMPTION

 
	 
  

  

	 Section 3.1
	  	 Notices to the Trustees
	  	 	38	 
	 Section 3.2
	  	 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed
	  	 	38	 
	 Section 3.3
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	 	38	 
	 Section 3.4
	  	 Notice of Redemption
	  	 	39	 
	 Section 3.5
	  	 Tax Redemption
	  	 	40	 
	 Section 3.6
	  	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	40	 
	 Section 3.7
	  	 Notes Redeemed in Part
	  	 	41	 

  
 2 

							
	  
 ARTICLE 4

 
 COVENANTS

 
	 
  

  

	 Section 4.1
	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	 	41	 
	 Section 4.2
	  	 Reports
	  	 	41	 
	 Section 4.3
	  	 Compliance Certificate
	  	 	43	 
	 Section 4.4
	  	 [Reserved]
	  	 	43	 
	 Section 4.5
	  	 Limitation on Liens
	  	 	43	 
	 Section 4.6
	  	 Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions
	  	 	48	 
	 Section 4.7
	  	 Limitation on Non-Guarantor Subsidiary Debt
	  	 	49	 
	 Section 4.8
	  	 [Reserved]
	  	 	51	 
	 Section 4.9
	  	 Change of Control Triggering Event
	  	 	51	 
	  
 ARTICLE 5

 
 SUCCESSORS

 
	 
  

  

	 Section 5.1
	  	 Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets
	  	 	53	 

 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
  

							
	 Section 6.1
	  	 Events of Default
	  	 	55	 
	 Section 6.2
	  	 Acceleration
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 6.3
	  	 Other Remedies
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 6.4
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 6.5
	  	 Control by Majority
	  	 	58	 
	 Section 6.6
	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	59	 
	 Section 6.7
	  	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	 	59	 
	 Section 6.8
	  	 Collection Suit by U.S. Trustee
	  	 	59	 
	 Section 6.9
	  	 Trustees May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 6.10
	  	 Priorities
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 6.11
	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	60	 
	 Section 6.12
	  	 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	  	 	61	 

 ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEES 
  

							
	 Section 7.1
	  	 Duties of U.S. Trustee
	  	 	61	 
	 Section 7.2
	  	 Rights of U.S. Trustee
	  	 	62	 
	 Section 7.3
	  	 Individual Rights of the U.S. Trustee
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 7.4
	  	 U.S. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 7.5
	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 7.6
	  	 [Reserved]
	  	 	65	 

  
 3 

							
	 Section 7.7
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	 	65	 
	 Section 7.8
	  	 Replacement of Trustees
	  	 	66	 
	 Section 7.9
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger
	  	 	67	 
	 Section 7.10
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	 	68	 
	 Section 7.11
	  	 No Liability for Co-Trustee
	  	 	68	 
	 Section 7.12
	  	 Limitation on Trustees’ Liability
	  	 	68	 
		  	  
 ARTICLE 8

 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 
	  			
	 Section 8.1
	  	 Discharge of Liability On Notes; Defeasance
	  	 	68	 
	 Section 8.2
	  	 Conditions to Defeasance
	  	 	70	 
	 Section 8.3
	  	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	71	 
	 Section 8.4
	  	 Repayment to Issuer
	  	 	72	 
	 Section 8.5
	  	 Reinstatement
	  	 	72	 
		  	  
 ARTICLE 9

 
 AMENDMENTS

 
	  			
	 Section 9.1
	  	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	72	 
	 Section 9.2
	  	 With Consent of Holders; Waiver
	  	 	74	 
	 Section 9.3
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
	  	 	75	 
	 Section 9.4
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	 	76	 
	 Section 9.5
	  	 Trustees To Sign Amendments, etc.
	  	 	76	 
		  	  
 ARTICLE 10

 
 GUARANTEES

 
	  			
	 Section 10.1
	  	 Guarantees
	  	 	76	 
	 Section 10.2
	  	 Limitation on Liability
	  	 	78	 
	 Section 10.3
	  	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	79	 
	 Section 10.4
	  	 No Waiver
	  	 	79	 
	 Section 10.5
	  	 Modification
	  	 	79	 
	 Section 10.6
	  	 Release of Guarantor
	  	 	79	 
	 Section 10.7
	  	 Execution of Guarantee Agreement for Future Subsidiary Guarantors
	  	 	80	 
	 Section 10.8
	  	 Non-Impairment
	  	 	80	 
	 Section 10.9
	  	 Contribution
	  	 	80	 
		  	  
 ARTICLE 11

 
 MISCELLANEOUS

 
	  			
	 Section 11.1
	  	 [Reserved]
	  	 	80	 
	 Section 11.2
	  	 Notices
	  	 	81	 
	 Section 11.3
	  	 Trustee Instructions
	  	 	82	 

  
 4 

							
	 Section 11.4
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	 	83	 
	 Section 11.5
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	 	83	 
	 Section 11.6
	  	 When Notes Disregarded
	  	 	83	 
	 Section 11.7
	  	 Rules by U.S. Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  	 	83	 
	 Section 11.8
	  	 Business Days
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 11.9
	  	 Governing Law
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 11.10
	  	 No Recourse Against Others
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 11.11
	  	 Successors
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 11.12
	  	 Multiple Originals
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 11.13
	  	 Table of Contents; Headings
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 11.14
	  	 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY
	  	 	84	 
	 Section 11.15
	  	 Force Majeure
	  	 	85	 
	 Section 11.16
	  	 USA Patriot Act Compliance
	  	 	85	 
	 Section 11.17
	  	 Submission to Jurisdiction
	  	 	85	 
	 Section 11.18
	  	 Waiver of Immunity
	  	 	86	 
	 Section 11.19
	  	 Conversion of Currency
	  	 	86	 

 Exhibit A — Form of Note 

Exhibit B — Form of Supplemental Indenture 

  
 5 

 INDENTURE dated as of February 18, 2020, among OPEN TEXT HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation
organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Issuer”), OPEN TEXT CORPORATION, a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (the “Company”), each SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR from time to time party hereto (collectively, the
“Subsidiary Guarantors”), THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as the U.S. trustee (the “U.S. Trustee”), and BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as Canadian trustee (the “Canadian Trustee”). 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of (a) the
Issuer’s 4.125% Senior Notes due 2030 (the “Original Notes”), and (b) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued (all such Notes in clauses (a) and (b) being referred to collectively as the
“Notes”). 
 ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

Section 1.1 Definitions. 

“2018 Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement, dated as of May 30, 2018, among the Company, as borrower, the other
guarantors party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as sole administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders named therein, as amended, restated, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise), refinanced, supplemented, modified or
otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time. 

“Additional Notes” means 4.125% Senior Notes due 2030 issued under the terms of this Indenture after the Issue Date and in
compliance with Section 2.15. 
 “Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, (a) the yield,
under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the
Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after February 15, 2025, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted
Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (b) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or
does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption
date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the redemption date, plus 0.50%. 

  
 6 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or
indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management
and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Applicable Premium” means with respect to a Note at any redemption date the excess of (if any) (a) the present value at such
redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on February 15, 2025 (such redemption price being described in the second paragraph of Section 5 of the Notes, exclusive of any accrued interest) plus (ii) all required
remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through February 15, 2025 (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date), computed by the Company using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate, over
(b) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date. 
 “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any payment,
tender, redemption, transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time
to time. 
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present
value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for
which such lease has been extended). 
 “Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of Directors of such
Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors or, in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, the group exercising the authority generally vested in a board of directors of a corporation. 

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open
in the State of New York or Toronto, Ontario. 
 “Canadian Trustee” means BNY Trust Company of Canada until a successor replaces
it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Canadian Securities Laws” means all applicable securities laws in each of the
provinces of Canada, including, without limitation, the Province of Ontario, and the respective regulations and rules under such laws together with applicable published rules, policy statements, blanket orders, instruments, rules and notices of the
securities regulatory authorities in such provinces. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests
(including partnership, membership, beneficial, limited liability or other ownership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any
Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. 

  
 7 

 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(a) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written
notice or otherwise) that any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), is or has become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules
13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (or its successor by
merger, amalgamation, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of its assets); provided, that a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control under this clause (a) if (i) the Company becomes a direct or indirect
wholly-owned subsidiary of a holding company, and (ii)(1) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s Voting Stock
immediately prior to that transaction or (2) immediately following that transaction no “person” or “group” (other than a holding company satisfying the requirements of this clause) is the beneficial owner, directly or
indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company; or; 
 (b) the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the
Company with or into another Person or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of another Person with or into the Company, or the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation,
in one or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of the Company (determined on a consolidated basis) to another Person other than a transaction, in the case of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation transaction,
following which holders of securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction (or other securities into which such securities are converted as part of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation
transaction) own directly or indirectly at least 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger, amalgamation or consolidation transaction immediately after giving effect to such transaction. 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means, with respect to the Notes, (a) the consummation of a Change of Control,
(b) the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any date during the period (the “Trigger Period”) commencing on the first public announcement of any Change of Control (or pending Change of
Control) and ending 30 days following consummation of such Change of Control (which period will be extended following consummation of a Change of Control for so long as any of the Rating Agencies has publicly announced that it is considering a
possible ratings downgrade) or the rating of the Notes is withdrawn within the Trigger Period by each of the Rating Agencies and (c) the rating of the Notes is lowered by any of the Rating Agencies during the Trigger Period; provided that a
Change of Control Trigger Event will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control if each Rating Agency making the reduction in rating does not publicly announce or confirm or inform the Trustees at our request that
the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the Change of Control. For the avoidance of doubt, no Change of Control Triggering Event will be deemed to have
occurred in connection with any particular Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency. 

  
 8 

 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Company” means the party named as such in the Preamble hereto until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

 “Company Guarantee” means the guarantee by the Company of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes. 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity
comparable to the remaining term of the Notes from the redemption date to February 15, 2025, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt
securities of a maturity most nearly equal to February 15, 2025. 
 “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any
redemption date, if clause (b) of the definition of Adjusted Treasury Rate is applicable, the average of three, or such lesser number as is obtained by the Company, Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, at any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the most recently completed Measurement Period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income (without duplication): (i) consolidated
interest expense for such period, (ii) consolidated income tax expense for such period, (iii) consolidated depreciation and amortization expense for such period, (iv) costs and charges related to restructuring initiatives, workforce
reductions, abandonment of excess facilities, integration costs related to mergers and acquisitions and other similar costs and charges, including items set forth under the caption “Special Charges (Recoveries)” on the consolidated
statement of income in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, to the extent incurred during such period, and similar items incurred during future
Measurement Periods, (v) items set forth under the caption “Interest and Other Related Expenses, Net” on the consolidated statement of income in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, to the extent incurred during such period, and similar items incurred during future Measurement Periods, (vi) share or share-based compensation expense; (vii) Financing Costs incurred during such
period, (viii) any asset impairment or write down charge incurred during such period and (ix) any non-recurring non-cash items decreasing Consolidated Net
Income during such period (including, for the avoidance of doubt, deferred revenue deducted in acquisition accounting), provided that if any such non-recurring non-cash
items represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to such extent; and decreased by
(x) items set forth under the caption “Other income (expense), Net” in the consolidated statement of income in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 2019, to the extent incurred during such period, and similar items incurred during future Measurement Periods, (xi) interest income (except to the extent deducted in determining consolidated interest expense) for such period and
(xii) any non-recurring non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, all as determined at such time in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 9 

 For purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA: (1) acquisitions, dispositions,
mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations that involve consideration in excess of $30,000,000 (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that the Company or any Subsidiary has made during the Measurement Period or subsequent to
the Measurement Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the date the Secured Net Debt Ratio is calculated shall be given pro forma effect assuming that all such acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations or
discontinued operations (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Measurement Period, and (2) whenever pro forma effect is to be
given to any event set forth in clause (1) of this definition, calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and may include reasonably identifiable and factually supportable
adjustments appropriate, in the good faith determination of the Company, to reflect expense reductions, cost savings and synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event within 12 months of the date the applicable event is
consummated. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any Measurement Period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its
Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that the following (without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income: (a) the net income (but not loss) of any
Subsidiary (other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of such net income would not have been permitted for the relevant period by charter or by any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary; (b) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable to sales of assets or the
extinguishment of debt; (c) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses; and (d) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means with respect to the U.S. Trustee, the office of the U.S. Trustee at which the corporate trust
business of the U.S. Trustee is principally administered, which at the date of this Indenture is located at 240 Greenwich Street, 7th Floor East, New York, New York, 10286. 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including the Senior Credit Facilities), commercial paper facilities or
similar agreements, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders or investors providing for revolving loans, term loans, debt securities, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose
entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and, in each case, as amended, restated,
replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise), refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time. 

“Custodian” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity. 

  
 10 

 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both
would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Definitive Registered Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder
thereof and issued or exchanged in accordance with Section 2.7 (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 

“Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

“Exempted Debt” means, without duplication, (a) all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries which is secured by a Lien
incurred and outstanding under Section 4.5(b)(i)–(xxv) and (b) all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions Incurred and outstanding under Section 4.6(b). 

“Financing Costs” means fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with any offering or
proposed offering of securities, any borrowing or proposed borrowing, any prepayment or repayment of indebtedness (including any tender or exchange offer) or any breakage costs relating to any Hedging Obligations. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, including those set forth
in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or any successor thereto), the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or any
successor thereto) or the statements and pronouncements of the SEC, in each case applicable to companies subject to reporting under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Unless otherwise specified, all computations, contained in this
Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP, except that the Company may elect to treat for any determination under this Indenture as an operating lease any arrangement, whether entered into on or after the Issue Date, that would have
constituted an operating lease under GAAP in effect on May 31, 2016 notwithstanding any change in its treatment under GAAP after May 31, 2016. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply International Financial
Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto applicable to companies subject to reporting under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (“IFRS”) in lieu of GAAP and, upon any
such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS on the date of such election; provided that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal
quarters ended prior to Company’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Global Notes Legend” means the legends set forth under that caption in Exhibit A to this Indenture. 

  
 11 

 “Guarantee Agreement” means a supplemental indenture to this Indenture,
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, entered into following the Issue Date, pursuant to which a Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes on the terms provided for in this Indenture; provided
that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors that are party to this Indenture shall not be required to enter into a Guarantee Agreement. 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means (a) the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or any
foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement with respect to currency values, whether or not such transaction is governed by, or subject to, any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind,
and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master
Agreement, or any other master agreement (and such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 

“IFRS” has the meaning specified in the definition of GAAP. 

“Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness of a Person
existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term “Incurrence” when
used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination
obligations of such person for borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments. 
 “Indenture”
means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Intellectual Property” means domestic and foreign:
(a) patents, applications for patents and reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part of patents or patent applications;
(b) proprietary confidential business information, including inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, trade secrets, confidential information, and any other proprietary confidential improvements, discoveries, know-how, methods, processes, designs, technology, technical data, schematics, formulae and customer lists, and documentation relating to any of the foregoing; (c) copyrights, copyright registrations and
applications for copyright registration; (d) mask works, mask work registrations and applications for mask work registrations; (e) designs, design registrations, design registration applications and integrated circuit topographies;
(f) trade names, business names, corporate names, domain names, website names and world wide web addresses, common law trade-marks, trade-mark registrations, trade mark applications, trade addresses and logos, and the goodwill associated with
any of the foregoing; and (g) computer software and programs (both source code and object code form), all proprietary rights in the computer software and programs and in all documentation related to the computer software and programs. 

  
 12 

 “Interest Payment Date” means each February 15 and August 15, beginning
on August 15, 2020 and until February 15, 2030. 
 “Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate swap agreement,
interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement with respect to exposure to interest rates. 
 “Investment
Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent), in the case of Moody’s, BBB- (or the equivalent), in the case of S&P, or an equivalent rating, in the case of any
other applicable Rating Agency. 
 “Issue Date” means the first date of issuance of Notes under this Indenture. 

“Issuer” means the party named as such in the Preamble hereto until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

 “Issuer Order” means a written request in the name of the Issuer delivered to the applicable Trustee(s) and signed by an
Officer of the Issuer. 
 “Lien” means mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien, charge or other encumbrance. 

“Material Indebtedness” means, without duplication, any Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount equal to or greater than
$150.0 million. 
 “Measurement Period” means the most recently completed four fiscal quarters for which financial statements
have been delivered (or were required to be delivered). 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any
successor to its rating agency business. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum dated February 3, 2020
related to the offer and sale of the Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive
Officer, the Chief Administrative Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Legal Officer, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretaries of the
Company. Officer of any Subsidiary has a correlative meaning. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by any
two Officers and delivered to the Trustees. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably
acceptable to the Trustees (who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company), subject to customary assumptions and qualifications. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

  
 13 

 “Preferred Stock” means, as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, Capital
Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of
Capital Stock of any other class of such Person. 
 “principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if
any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time. 
 “Principal Property” means, any of
the Company’s and its Subsidiaries (a) Intellectual Property and (b) interests in any kind of other property or asset (including, without limitation, contract rights to royalty and licensing agreements with respect to Intellectual
Property, office space or other facility owned or leased as of the Issue Date or acquired or leased by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company after such date, capital stock in and other securities of any other Person), except, in each case,
such Intellectual Property or interests as the Company’s Board of Directors by resolution determines in good faith not to be material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. With respect to any Sale/Leaseback
Transaction or series of related Sale/Leaseback Transactions, the determination of whether any property is a Principal Property shall be determined by reference to all properties affected by such transaction or series of transactions. 

“Purchase Agreement” means (a) with respect to the Original Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated
February 3, 2020, among the Company, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Barclays Capital Inc., as representative of the several initial purchasers listed in Schedule I thereto and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional
Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Issuer and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Equity Offering” means any public or private issuance and sale of the Company’s common shares by the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Qualified Equity Offering” shall not include: 
 (a) any issuance and sale with respect
to common stock registered on Form S-4, Form F-4 or Form S-8, and, if utilized in connection with an exchange offer, Form F-8, Form F-10 or Form F-80; or 

(b) any issuance and sale to any subsidiary of the Company. 

“Quotation Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer selected by the Issuer and identified to the Trustees by written notice from
the Issuer. 
 “Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating
publicly available on the Notes, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company (with prior notice to the Trustees) which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the
case may be. 

  
 14 

 “Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of Barclays Capital Inc. and its successors
and assigns and two other nationally recognized investment banking firms selected by the Issuer and identified to the Trustees by written notice from the Issuer that are primary U.S. Government securities dealers. 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as
determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding such redemption date. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation
S under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Notes” means all Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on
Regulation S. 
 “Responsible Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to a Trustee or Paying Agent, any officer having direct
responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge and familiarity with the
particular subject. 
 “Restricted Period”, with respect to any Regulation S Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days
beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Regulation S Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day
shall be promptly given by the Issuer to the U.S. Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date with respect to such Regulation S Notes. 

“Revolver” means the fourth amended and restated credit agreement dated as of October 31, 2019, by and among Open Text ULC, the
Issuer and Open Text Corporation, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, each of the lenders party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and Royal Bank of Canada, as documentary credit
lender, as further amended, restated, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise), refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and
other provisions) from time to time. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to
its rating agency business. 
 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

  
 15 

 “Secured Net Debt” of any Person means, at any date of determination,
(a) Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Attributable Debt in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction), or on any income or profits
therefrom, or any assignment or conveyance of any right to receive income therefrom, minus (b) the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents of the Company and its Subsidiaries on such date that would not appear as “restricted” on
the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries. 
 “Secured Net Debt Ratio” means, as of any date
of determination, the ratio of the Company and its Subsidiaries’ Secured Net Debt, determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, as of that date to the Company’s Consolidated EBITDA for the Measurement Period. 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Senior Credit Facilities” means the 2018 Credit Agreement and the Revolver, each, as amended, restated, replaced (whether upon or
after termination or otherwise), refinanced, supplemented, modified or otherwise changed (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning
of Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and, for purposes of determining whether an Event of Default has occurred, any group of Subsidiary Guarantors
that combined would be such a Significant Subsidiary. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified
in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at
the option of the Holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred). 
 “Subsidiary”
means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by
(a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means a guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes. 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Company, other than the Issuer, that executes this Indenture as a guarantor on
the Issue Date and each other Subsidiary of the Company that thereafter guarantees the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture until such time as its Subsidiary Guarantee is released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Registered Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted
Notes Legend. 
 “Transfer Date” means, for any transfer or sale of Notes, the date upon which that transfer or sale is completed.

  
 16 

 “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United
States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date fixed for redemption
(or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the then remaining average life to February 15, 2025, provided, however, that if the average life to
February 15, 2025 of the Notes is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the average life to February 15, 2025 of the Notes is less than one
year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Trustees” mean the U.S. Trustee and the Canadian Trustee. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of
the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable at the issuer’s option. 

“U.S. Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard
to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof. 
 Section 1.2 Other
Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	2.13(b)
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c)
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	6.1
	 “Canadian Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.6(e)(i)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.9(b)
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.1(b)
	 “Cross Acceleration Provision”
	  	6.1(h)
	 “Custodian”
	  	6.1
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.1
	 “Expiration Date”
	  	4.9(b)(iii)
	 “FATCA”
	  	2.13(b)(ix)
	 “Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.1(a)
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.1(b)
	 “Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Original Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.3(a)

  
 17 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined in Section

	 “Principal Payment Default”
	  	6.1(h)
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	4.9(b)(iii)
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3(a)
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”
	  	2.13(a)
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.6(e)(i)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction”
	  	4.6(a)
	 “Tax Redemption Date”
	  	3.5
	 “Taxes”
	  	2.13(a)

 Section 1.3 Rules of Construction. 

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(iii) “or” is not exclusive; 

(iv) “including” means including without limitation; 

(v) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(vi) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(vii) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute,
replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (viii) any reference to an
“Article”, “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture; 

(ix) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its
nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
 (x) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any
date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

  
 18 

 (xi) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (A) the
maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (B) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; and 

(xii) all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date. 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, the existence of any exception to any covenant of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary shall not imply
that the matter covered by such exception is restricted or prohibited by such covenant. 
 Section 1.4 Acts of Holders. 

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become
effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the applicable Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors. Proof of execution of any such instrument
or writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.1) conclusive in favor of the Trustees, the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary
Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.4. 
 (b) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Register. 

(c) The Issuer may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to make, give or take any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on any action authorized or permitted to be taken by Holders; provided that the Issuer may not set a record date for, and the
provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in clause (d) below. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (c), the Holders on such
record date, and only such Holders, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any action), whether or not such Holders remain Holders
after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable expiration date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected Holder, as
applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable expiration date to be given
to the Trustees in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 11.2. No act will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date. 

  
 19 

 (d) The U.S. Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the
Holders entitled to join in the giving or making of (1) any notice of default under Section 6.1, (2) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 6.2, (3) any direction referred to in Section 6.5 or (4) any request
to pursue a remedy referred to in Section 6.6(a)(ii). If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction,
whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable expiration date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of
Notes or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustees, at the Issuer’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders
and the applicable expiration date to be given to the Issuer and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 11.2. No act will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date. 

(e) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to
all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder
or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part. 

(f) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or
take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global
Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 

(g) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held
by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action under this
Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies shall be entitled to make, give
or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note after such record date. No such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable expiration date. No act will be valid or effective for more than 90 days after the record date.

 (h) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.4, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any
day as the “expiration date” and from time to time may change the expiration date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new expiration date is given to the other

  
 20 

 
party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 11.2, on or prior to both the existing and the new expiration date. If an expiration date is not
designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.4, the party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 30th day after such record date as the expiration date with respect
thereto, subject to its right to change the expiration date as provided in this clause (h). No changed expiration date shall be more than 90 days from the initial expiration date. 

(i) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future
Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by either of the Trustees, the Company, the Issuer
or the Subsidiary Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES 

Section 2.1 Form and Dating. 

(a) The (i) Original Notes and the U.S. Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes (if issued as
Transfer Restricted Notes) and the U.S. Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the
Issuer but which notation, legend or endorsement does not affect the rights, duties or obligations of either of the Trustees). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without
interest coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The terms of the Notes set forth in the Exhibits hereto are part of the terms of this Indenture. However, to the extent any provision of any Note
conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes issued on the Issue Date shall be (A) offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and
(B) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws. Such Notes may
thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws. Additional Notes offered after the Issue Date may be offered and sold by the Issuer from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and applicable law. 
 (b) Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in their initial
distribution in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in registered form without interest coupons attached (“Rule 144A Global Notes”) deposited with the U.S. Trustee as custodian for the Depositary
and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for the 

  
 21 

 
Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the U.S. Trustee as herein provided, for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of beneficial owners of the Notes
represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct). Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued in the form of one or more global notes in registered form without interest coupons
attached (“Regulation S Global Notes” and, collectively with the 144A Global Notes, the “Global Notes”) deposited with the U.S. Trustee as custodian for the Depositary and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee
for the Depositary, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the U.S. Trustee as herein provided, for credit by the Depositary to the respective accounts of beneficial owners of the Notes represented thereby (or such other accounts as they
may direct). The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Custodian and the Depositary or its nominee and on the schedules thereto as hereinafter
provided. 
 (c) Book Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the
Depositary. 
 The Issuer shall execute and the U.S. Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c), authenticate and deliver
initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the U.S. Trustee to such Depositary or
pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the U.S. Trustee as Custodian. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depositary
(“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the U.S. Trustee as the Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the
Issuer, the U.S. Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the U.S. Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the U.S. Trustee or any agent of
the Issuer or the U.S. Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such
Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 (d) Definitive Registered Notes.
Except as otherwise provided herein, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Registered Notes. 

Section 2.2 Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If an
Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the U.S. Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the U.S. Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The
signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

  
 22 

 On the Issue Date, the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $900.0 million of
4.125% Senior Notes due 2030 and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in a Issuer Order. Such Issuer Order shall specify the amount
of the Additional Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the issue of Additional Notes is to be authenticated. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. 

The U.S. Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall
be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Responsible Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the U.S. Trustee may do
so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the U.S. Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 

Section 2.3 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

(a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Register”). The Issuer may
have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent, and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The Issuer initially appoints the U.S. Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Global Notes, for which the U.S. Trustee shall be Custodian. 

(b) The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or
co-registrar not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustees in writing of the name and address of
any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the U.S. Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation and indemnification therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Issuer or any of its
domestically organized wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent (prior to an Event of Default), Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent. 

(c) The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustees; provided,
however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and
delivered to the Trustees and the passage of any waiting or notice periods required by the procedures of the Depositary or (ii) written notification to the Trustees that the U.S. Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the
appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to the Issuer and the Trustees. 

  
 23 

 Section 2.4 Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. No later than the Business Day
prior to each due date of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a wholly owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit
of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the U.S. Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall
hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustees all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustees in writing of any default by the Issuer in making
any such payment. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the
U.S. Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the U.S. Trustee. 

Section 2.5 Holder Lists. The U.S. Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list
available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the U.S. Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the U.S. Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the
U.S. Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the U.S. Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. 

Section 2.6 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Registered Notes. When Definitive Registered Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request: 
 (i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Registered
Notes; or 
 (ii) to exchange such Definitive Registered Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Registered Notes
of other authorized denominations, 
 the Registrar or co-registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange
as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Registered Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 

(i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and
the Registrar or co-registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

  
 24 

 (ii) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes that are Definitive Registered
Notes, are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a prospectus qualified under Canadian Securities Laws or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the
following additional information and documents, as applicable: 
 (A) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are being delivered
to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in substantially the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note); 

(B) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to that effect (in substantially
the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note); or 
 (C) if such Transfer Restricted Notes are being transferred
pursuant to an exemption from registration in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or an exemption from the prospectus requirement under Canadian Securities Laws, (1) a certification to that effect
(in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) and (2) if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in
Section 2.6(e)(i). 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Registered Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A
Definitive Registered Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the U.S. Trustee of a Definitive Registered Note, duly endorsed or accompanied
by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the U.S. Trustee, together with: 
 (i) certification (in the
form set forth on the reverse side of the Note) that such Definitive Registered Note is being transferred (A) to the Issuer, (B) to the Registrar for registration in the name of a Holder, without transfer, (C) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act or a prospectus qualified under Canadian Securities Laws, (D) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, or (E) outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of
Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act (other than as provided by Rule 144) under the Securities Act and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws, as applicable; and 

(ii) written instructions directing the U.S. Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books
and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such
increase, 

  
 25 

 then the U.S. Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Registered Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to
cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased accordingly. If no Global Notes are then
outstanding, the Issuer shall issue and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected
through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver a
written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note and such account
shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being
transferred. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, shall
be made only upon receipt by the U.S. Trustee of (1) a certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or (if available) Rule
144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws, as applicable, and (2) if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set
forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.6(e)(i). 
 (i) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial
interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an
amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being
transferred. 
 (ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in
Section 2.7), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such
nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 
 (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global
Notes. 
 (i) Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be
held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures and only 

  
 26 

 
(A) to the Issuer, (B) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the selling holder reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own
account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (C) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, or (D) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act or a prospectus qualified under Canadian Securities Laws, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States and in compliance with Canadian Securities
Laws. Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note shall be made only in
accordance with Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the U.S. Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Note to the effect that such transfer is being made
to a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A. Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period. 

(ii) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be
transferable in accordance with applicable law, including Canadian Securities Laws, and the other terms of this Indenture. 
 (e)
Legend. 
 (i) Each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Registered Notes (and all Notes
issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “Restricted Notes Legend;” and the sixth paragraph of which is herein referred to as the “Canadian Restricted Notes
Legend”): 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR
THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR
UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL
OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 
 [IN THE CASE OF
RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR
ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] 

  
 27 

 [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE
DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN
RELIANCE ON REGULATION S,] 
 ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS
BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS
AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING
OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE U.S. TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY
OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF
THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
(“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF
ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF
ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS. 

  
 28 

 UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER CANADIAN SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT
TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS FOUR MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) [INSERT THE ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION DATE OF THE NOTES]; AND (II) THE DATE THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA. 

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Registered Note, the Registrar shall permit
the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Registered Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the Definitive Registered Notes Legend and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer
Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Notes) and, if the Issuer so requests,
an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.6(e)(i). 

(iii) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, the Canadian Restricted Notes Legend will appear on any
Original Notes or Additional Notes that are issued prior to the date specified on the Canadian Restricted Notes Legend unless the Canadian Restricted Notes Legend is no longer required under any applicable Canadian Securities Laws. 

(f) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged
for Definitive Registered Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depositary for cancellation or retained and canceled by the U.S. Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures. At any time prior to
such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be
made on the books and records of the U.S. Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the U.S. Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

(g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate
Definitive Registered Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request. 

  
 29 

 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge
payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.7, 4.9 and 9.4 of this Indenture). 
 (iii) The Registrar need not register the
transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the
redemption of such notes, for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of such Notes to be redeemed in part, for a period of 15 days prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date applicable to such
Notes; or which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer. 

(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the U.S. Trustee, the Paying Agent,
the Registrar or any co-registrar shall deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such
Note and for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue) and none of the Issuer, the U.S. Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the
contrary. 
 (v) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the
same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (h)
No Obligation of the Trustees. 
 (i) The Trustees shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner
of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the
Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All
notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a
Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note in global form shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustees may conclusively rely and shall be fully
protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 

  
 30 

 (ii) The Trustees shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or
inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including without limitation any transfers between or among Depositary
participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this
Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (i)
Transfer. 
 Any purported transfer of such Note, or any interest therein to a purchaser or transferee that does not comply with the
requirements specified in this Section 2.6 will be of no force and effect and shall be null and void ab initio. 
 Section 2.7
Definitive Registered Notes. 
 (a) The U.S. Trustee shall promptly exchange a Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with The
Bank of New York Mellon, as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Indenture for Definitive Registered Notes to be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global
Note, in exchange for such Global Note, if (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency”
registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice or after the Issuer becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary or (iii) the Issuer, in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depositary, notifies the Trustees in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of
Definitive Registered Notes under the Indenture. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to
this Section 2.7 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the U.S. Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of
such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Registered Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any certificated Note in the form of a Definitive Registered Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the
Global Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(e), bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

  
 31 

 (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7(b) above, the registered Holder of a
Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under the Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.7(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Issuer shall promptly make
available to the U.S. Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Registered Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. 

Section 2.8 Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if a Holder claims that the Note has been
lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such
that the Holder (i) notifies the Issuer and the U.S. Trustee of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a
transfer prior to receiving such notification, (ii) requests a replacement Note from the Issuer and the U.S. Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the
Issuer and the U.S. Trustee. If required by the U.S. Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer and the U.S. Trustee to protect the Issuer, the U.S. Trustee, the Paying Agent, the
Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the U.S. Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. 

Section 2.9 Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the U.S. Trustee except for those
canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.9 as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustees and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory
to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with
this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereon) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not
prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Registered Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture,
until such Definitive Registered Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the U.S. Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive
Registered Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Registered Notes and deliver them in exchange
for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer, without charge to the Holder. 

  
 32 

 Section 2.11 Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in payment of interest
on the Notes, the Issuer will pay the defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record
date. The Issuer will fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustees and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a notice that states the special record date,
the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 
 Section 2.12 Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may
deliver Notes to the U.S. Trustee for cancellation and the U.S. Trustee shall cancel such Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the U.S. Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The U.S. Trustee or, at the direction of the U.S. Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel and destroy (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act)
all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation unless the Issuer directs the U.S. Trustee to deliver canceled Notes to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or
delivered to the U.S. Trustee for cancellation. The U.S. Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

Section 2.13 Additional Amounts. 

(a) The Issuer, the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor are required to make all payments under this Indenture or on the Notes free and clear
of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (hereinafter “Taxes”)
imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of the country in which the Company, the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantor and any successor thereof is organized or incorporated or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or
thereof having power to tax, or any other jurisdiction in which the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is otherwise resident for tax purposes or the jurisdiction of any Paying Agent (each, a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”),
unless the Company, the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor or Paying Agent is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof. 

(b) If the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or a Paying Agent is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on
account of Taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor will be required to pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”)
with respect to the Notes as may be necessary so that the net amount received by any Holder or beneficial owner (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such Holder or beneficial owner would
have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that the foregoing obligation to pay Additional Amounts does not apply to: 

  
 33 

 (i) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of
any present or former connection between the relevant Holder or beneficial owner and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including a connection between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over,
the relevant holder or beneficial owner, if the relevant holder or beneficial owner is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership or corporation, and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such
Holder or beneficial owner (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, partner, member, shareholder, or possessor) of the Notes being or having been a citizen, resident, or national thereof or being or having been present or engaged in a trade or
business therein or having or having had a permanent establishment therein; 
 (ii) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales,
transfer or personal property tax or similar Taxes; 
 (iii) any withholding or deduction in respect of the Notes
(a) presented for payment by or on behalf of a Holder or beneficial owner who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant note to any other paying agent, or (b) where the payment could have been
made without such deduction or withholding if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the notes for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment on the notes became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly
provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the notes been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);

 (iv) any Taxes imposed with respect to any payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on the Notes by the
Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor to any Holder or beneficial owner who is a fiduciary or partnership or any Person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such
fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder or beneficial owner of such
Notes; 
 (v) any Taxes that are payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments made under or with respect to
the Notes; 
 (vi) any Taxes that would not have been imposed but for the failure of the Holder and/or beneficial owner
(a) to comply with the Company’s, the Issuer’s, the Subsidiary Guarantor’s or the Paying Agent’s request in writing at least 30 days before any withholding for such Taxes to the Holder to provide certification,
documentation, information or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence, entitlement to treaty benefits, identity, direct or indirect ownership of or investment in the Notes, or connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction of the
Holder and/or beneficial owner of such Notes, 

  
 34 

 
or (b) to make any valid or timely declaration or similar claim or satisfy any other reporting requirement or to provide any information relating to such matters, whether required or imposed
by statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, as a precondition to exemption from, or reduction in the rate of withholding or deduction of, Taxes imposed by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; 

(vii) with respect to any payment made by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is resident in Canada, or is a
partnership any partner of which is resident in Canada, in each case, for purposes of Part XIII of the Income Tax Act (Canada), any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld from any payment under or in respect of the Notes as a consequence
of the Holder or beneficial owner of Notes or the recipient of the interest payable on the Notes not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) with the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor at the time of
making any such payment; 
 (viii) with respect to any payment made by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is
resident in Canada, or is a partnership any partner of which is resident in Canada, in each case, for purposes of Part XIII of the Income Tax Act (Canada), any Taxes that are required to be deducted or withheld from any payment under or in respect
of the Notes as a consequence of the Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes being at any time a ‘‘specified non-resident shareholder’’ (within the meaning of subsection 18(5) of the Income
Tax Act (Canada)) of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or at any time not dealing at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) with a “specified shareholder” (within the meaning of
subsection 18(5) of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or as a consequence of the payment being deemed to be a dividend under the Income Tax Act (Canada); 

(ix) any Taxes payable under section 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any successor or amended versions thereof), any
regulations or other official guidance thereunder, or any agreement (including any intergovernmental agreement or any law implementing such governmental agreement) entered into in connection therewith (“FATCA”); 

(x) any Taxes or penalties arising from the Holder’s or beneficial owner’s failure to comply with the Holder’s
or beneficial owner’s obligations imposed under Part XVIII of the Income Tax Act (Canada), the Canada-United States Enhanced Tax Information Exchange Agreement Implementation Act (Canada) or the similar provisions of legislation of any
other jurisdiction that has entered into an agreement with the United States of America to provide for the implementation of FATCA based reporting; or 

(xi) any combination of, or any Taxes arising from a combination of the factors described in, (i) to (x) above. 

  
 35 

 (c) At least 30 calendar days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect
to the Notes is due and payable (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises shortly before or after the 30th day prior to such date, in which case it shall be promptly thereafter), if the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, the Issuer will deliver to the U.S. Trustee and paying agent for the affected Notes an Officers’ Certificate stating the fact that such Additional Amounts will be payable
and the amounts so payable and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the U.S. Trustee or paying agent, as the case may be, to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders and beneficial owners of such Notes on the payment date. Each
such Officers’ Certificate shall be relied upon until receipt of a further Officers’ Certificate addressing such matters. 
 (d)
The Issuer, the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor will also (i) make such withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer
will provide the U.S. Trustee with official receipts or, if notwithstanding the efforts of the Issuer official receipts are not obtainable, other documentation reasonably satisfactory to the U.S. Trustee, evidencing the payment of any Tax so
deducted or withheld for each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes. The Issuer will attach to each official receipt or other documentation a certificate stating (x) that the amount of such Tax evidenced by the official receipt or
other documentation was paid in connection with payments in respect of the principal amount of such Notes then outstanding and (y) the amount of such Tax paid per $1,000 of principal amount of such Notes. 

(e) Whenever reference is made in this Indenture, in any context, to (i) the payment of principal, (ii) redemption prices or
purchase prices in connection with a redemption or purchase of Notes, (iii) interest or (iv) any other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes, such reference will be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described
under this heading to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are or would be payable in respect thereof. 
 (f) The Issuer
will pay any present or future stamp, court, documentary or other similar taxes, charges or levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of, or enforcement of rights under, this Indenture or any related
document. 
 (g) The obligations described under this Section 2.13 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this
Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein. 

(h) The Issuer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustees for the amount of any Taxes in
respect of which the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, is required to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 2.13(b) that are levied or imposed and paid by the Trustees as a result of payments made under or with respect to
the Notes, the Company Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee, including any reimbursements under this clause 2.13(h). 

  
 36 

 Section 2.14 CUSIP Numbers. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use
“CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (in each case if then generally in use) and, if so, the U.S. Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will advise the U.S. Trustee in writing of any change in any
“CUSIP” numbers, ISINs or “Common Code” numbers applicable to the Notes. 
 Section 2.15 Issuance of Additional
Notes. After the Issue Date, the Issuer will be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture, which Notes shall have identical terms as the Notes issued on the Issue Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price,
original interest accrual date and original interest payment date. All the Notes issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase;
provided, however, that unless such Additional Notes are issued under a separate CUSIP, either such Additional Notes shall be part of the same “issue” for U.S. Federal income tax purposes or shall be issued pursuant to a
“qualified reopening” for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. 
 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer will set forth in
a resolution of the Board of Directors and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each which shall be delivered to the Trustees, the following information: 

(a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; and 

(b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes. 

Section 2.16 Computation of Interest. 

(a) Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 (b) For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever any interest or fee under
the Notes or this Indenture is calculated using a rate based on a number of days less than a full year, such rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate,
(y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest or fee is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by the number of days based on which such rate is calculated. The
principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under the Notes or this Indenture. The rates of interest stipulated in the notes and this Indenture are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or
yields. 

  
 37 

 (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustees shall not have any duty or
obligation to calculate any interest, defaulted interest or premium on or with respect to the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION 

Section 3.1 Notices to the Trustees. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes, it shall notify
the Trustees in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. 
 The Issuer shall give each notice to the
Trustees provided for in this Section 3.1 at least 60 days before the redemption date unless the Trustees consent to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer
to the effect that such redemption shall comply with the conditions herein. Any such notice may be canceled by written notice of the Issuer to the Trustees at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder pursuant to
Section 3.4 and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 Section 3.2 Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed. If fewer than all
the Notes are to be redeemed, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed but are in
global form, then by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary or if the Notes are not listed and not in global form on a pro rata basis, by lot, although no note of $2,000 in original principal amount or less will be
redeemed in part. 
 Notes and portions of them selected for redemption shall be in principal amounts of $2,000 or a whole multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof, to the extent practicable. The Issuer will redeem Notes in principal amounts of $2,000 or less in whole and not in part. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes
called for redemption. If the Notes are being redeemed other than on a pro rata basis, the U.S. Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 

Section 3.3 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once a notice of redemption has been mailed under Section 3.4, Notes that are to
be redeemed in accordance with such notice and the terms of this Article 3 shall become due and payable on the redemption date; subject to the satisfaction of any conditions in connection with the redemption. With respect to registered Notes issued
in global form, the principal amount of such Note or Notes will be adjusted in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid under the terms stated in Section 3.6; provided that if the
redemption date is after a record date for the payment of interest and on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. 

  
 38 

 Section 3.4 Notice of Redemption. 

(a) At least 15 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Issuer will mail a notice of redemption by
first-class mail (or otherwise deliver in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary) to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed (or otherwise
delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary) more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. Any
inadvertent defect in the notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to give notice, to any Holder selected for redemption shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note redeemed in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture. 
 The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(i) the redemption date; 

(ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date; 

(iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed (and if other than on a pro rata basis), the identification
numbers and principal amounts (which amounts may be stated as a ratio of the amount to be redeemed per $1,000 principal amount outstanding) of the particular Notes to be redeemed; 

(vi) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for
redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (vii) the “CUSIP” number, ISIN or “Common
Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; 
 (viii) that no representation is made as to the
correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 

(ix) the conditions, if any, applicable to such redemption. 

(b) At the Issuer’s request, upon written notice provided to the U.S. Trustee at least 15 days (unless a shorter period is satisfactory
to the U.S. Trustee) prior to the date the redemption notice must be given to the Holders, the U.S. Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer will provide the
U.S. Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.4 and a copy of the proposed notice of redemption to be mailed to the Holders. 

  
 39 

 (c) Any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more
conditions precedent, which will be set forth in the related notice of redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of a Qualified Equity Offering, other offering or financing or other transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption
is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice will describe each such condition, and if applicable, will state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed until such time (provided,
however, that any redemption date will not be more than 60 days after the date of the notice of redemption) as any or all such conditions will be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or
all such conditions will not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. If any such condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Company will provide written notice to the Trustees prior to the close of
business one Business Day prior to the redemption date. Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded or delayed, and the redemption of the Notes shall be rescinded or delayed as provided in such notice. Upon receipt, the
U.S. Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given. 

Section 3.5 Tax Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, at the option of the Issuer, in whole but not in part, at any time upon
giving not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ written notice to the Holders (which notice shall be irrevocable) in accordance with Section 3.4 hereof, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Company for redemption (the ‘‘Tax Redemption Date’’) if, as a result of (a) any change in, or amendment to, the laws or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated
thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation (including a proposed change or amendment that, if enacted, will be effective prior to the enactment date) or (b) any change in the existing official position regarding the
application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change, amendment, application, administration or interpretation is
announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, is, or on the next interest payment date would be, required to pay any Additional Amounts with respect to any payment
due or becoming due under the Notes or this Indenture and such requirement cannot be avoided by the taking of reasonable measures by the Issuer, the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as determined in good faith by the relevant Board of Directors.
Prior to the publication and mailing of any notice of redemption of the notes pursuant to this Section 3.5, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustees an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustees and setting forth in reasonable
detail the circumstances giving rise to such right of redemption pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above. The provisions described under this Section 3.5 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply
mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein. Any Notes that are redeemed pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall
be cancelled. 
 Section 3.6 Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the relevant
redemption date, the Issuer will deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a wholly owned Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest, and
Applicable Premium, if 

  
 40 

 
any, on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the U.S. Trustee for
cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, and Applicable Premium, if any, on, the Notes to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

Section 3.7 Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, if such Note is in certificated form, the
Issuer shall execute and the Trustees shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS

 Section 4.1 Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of and interest, and Applicable Premium, if
any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal, interest, and Applicable Premium, if any, shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the U.S. Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in
accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the U.S. Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of
this Indenture. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified in the Notes to the extent lawful, and it shall
pay interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue Applicable Premium, if any, at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

Section 4.2 Reports. 

(a) Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will
provide the Trustees and the Holders with: 
 (i) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, all financial information
that would be required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K, Form 40-F or Form 20-F, or any successor or comparable
form, filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent registered public
accounting firm; 
 (ii) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, all
financial information that would be required to be contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or Form 6-K, or any successor or comparable form, filed with the SEC,
including, whether or not required, unaudited quarterly financial statements (which will include at least a balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement) and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations” section; and 

  
 41 

 (iii) within the later of 5 days and the applicable number of days specified
in the SEC’s rules and regulations, all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form, if the Company were required to file such reports,

 in each case in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form. 

(b) In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to Holders,
securities analysts and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The reports required by this covenant need not include any separate
financial statements of the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors or information required by Rule 3-10 or 3-16 of Regulation S-X
(or any successor regulations). The delivery to the Trustees and the Holders by electronic means or the filing of documents pursuant to the SEC’s EDGAR system (or any successor electronic filing system) shall be deemed to be provided to the
Trustees and the Holders as of the time such documents are filed via the EDGAR system for purposes of this covenant The requirements set forth in Section 4.2(a), this Section 4.2(b) and Section 4.2(c) may be satisfied by posting
copies of such information on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party) to which access is given to the Trustees, Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes. The Trustees shall have no
responsibility whatsoever to determine if such filings have been made. The Trustees shall not be deemed to have constructive notice of any information contained, or determinable from information contained, in any reports referred to above, including
the Company’s or the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants in this Indenture (as to which the Trustees are entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). Neither of the Trustees shall be obligated to monitor or
confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Issuer’s, the Company’s, any Subsidiary Guarantor’s or any other Person’s compliance with the covenants described herein or with respect to any reports or other documents filed
under this Indenture. 
 (c) If any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, other than the Issuer, and such
Subsidiaries, either individually or collectively, would constitute 10% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries for any fiscal year or 10% of the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as set forth on the most
recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries), within the time period specified in Section 4.2(a) for annual reports, the Company shall provide to the Trustees and the Holders, financial information with respect to such
Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors collectively consistent with the financial information included in the Offering Memorandum with respect to Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors. 

  
 42 

 (d) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a
guarantor of the Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.2 to provide consolidated financial information of the Company by furnishing consolidated financial information relating to such parent and the Company in the
manner prescribed in Sections 4.2(a) and (b); provided that (i) such financial statements are accompanied by consolidating financial information for such parent and the Company in the manner prescribed by the SEC or (ii) such parent is not
engaged in any business in any material respect other than such activities as are incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the Capital Stock of the Company. 

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be deemed to have failed to comply with its obligations under this
Section 4.2 until 60 days after the date any report or other information is due hereunder. 
 (f) The Issuer is a consolidated
subsidiary of the Company and the Issuer is not subject to any separate reporting requirements. 
 Section 4.3 Compliance
Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustees within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that a review of its activities and the activities of its Subsidiaries during the
preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each Officer
signing such certificate, whether or not the signer knows of any failure by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer to comply with any conditions or covenants in this Indenture, and, if such signer does know of such a failure to comply, the
certificate shall describe such failure with particularity and describe what actions, if any, the Issuer proposes to take with respect to such failure. 

Section 4.4 [Reserved]. 

Section 4.5 Limitation on Liens. 

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.5(b), neither the Company, the Issuer nor any of the Subsidiary Guarantors may create, incur, assume
or otherwise have outstanding any Lien, upon any Principal Property belonging to the Company, the Issuer or to any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, or upon the shares of capital stock or debt of any of the Company, the Issuer or Subsidiary Guarantors
held directly by the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, whether such Principal Property, shares or debt are owned by the Company, the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors on the Issue Date or acquired in the future, to secure any
Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
 (b) The Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may
create, Incur, assume or otherwise have outstanding any Lien to secure Indebtedness if the Notes (including any Additional Notes) or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, shall be secured by a Lien equally and ratably with or in
priority to the Lien securing the new Indebtedness, so long as such new Indebtedness shall be so secured. In this event, the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors may also provide that any of its other Indebtedness, including
Indebtedness guaranteed by the Company, the Issuer, or by any other Subsidiary of the Company, shall be secured equally with or in priority to the new Indebtedness. In addition, the restrictions on creating, Incurring, assuming or having outstanding
any Lien in Section 4.5(a) shall not apply to: 

  
 43 

 (i) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations of the Company, the
Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Company under any Credit Facilities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Senior Credit Facilities) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $2.0 billion; 

(ii) Liens in favor of the Company, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Company; 

(iii) Liens on property or assets (plus improvements, accessions or proceeds thereon) to secure all or part of the cost of
acquiring, substantially repairing or altering, constructing, developing or substantially improving such property or assets, or to secure indebtedness incurred to provide funds for any such purpose or for reimbursement of funds previously expended
for any such purpose, provided the commitment of the creditor to extend the credit secured by any such Lien shall have been obtained not later than 360 days after the later of (A) the completion of the acquisition, substantial repair or
alteration, construction, development or substantial improvement of such property or assets or (B) the placing in operation of such property or assets or of such property or assets as so substantially repaired or altered, constructed, developed
or substantially improved; 
 (iv) Liens existing on property or assets at the time of its acquisition or existing on
property or assets of a Person at the time such Person is merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with the Company, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Company or becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or the Issuer; provided that
such Liens were not created in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or investment and do not extend to any property or assets other than such acquired property or assets or those of the Person merged into,
amalgamated with or consolidated with the Company, the Issuer or such Subsidiary or acquired by the Company, the Issuer or such Subsidiary (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof); 

(v) any Lien required to be given or granted by any Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement entered
into by such Subsidiary prior to the date on which it became a Subsidiary; provided that any such Lien does not extend to any other property or asset, other than improvements, accessions or proceeds in respect of the property or asset subject
to such Lien; 
 (vi) Liens existing as of the Issue Date (including Liens on improvements, accessions or proceeds in respect
of property or assets secured by such Liens as of the Issue Date and on after-acquired property or assets required to be secured pursuant to the terms of the relevant Indebtedness on the Issue Date), other than Liens securing indebtedness and other
obligations of the Company, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Company under the Senior Credit Facilities; 

  
 44 

 (vii) extensions, renewals, alterations, refinancings or replacements of any
Lien referred to in the preceding clauses (iii) through (vi) above; provided, however, that (A) the principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness so secured at the time
of such extension, renewal, alteration or replacement plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon together with any reasonable fees, premiums (including tender premiums) and expenses relating to such extension, renewal, alteration or replacement and
(B) such extension, renewal, alteration refinancing or replacement shall be limited to all or a part of the property or assets whether now existing or hereafter acquired which secured the Lien so extended, renewed, altered or replaced (plus
improvements, accessions or proceeds in respect of such property or assets and after-acquired property or assets required to be secured pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness); 

(viii) landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other
like Liens, arising in the ordinary course of business securing Obligations which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves
with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required under GAAP; 
 (ix) Liens
attaching to cash earnest money deposits in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder and Liens on cash deposits held in escrow accounts pursuant to the terms of any purchase agreement permitted hereunder; 

(x) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not entered into for speculative purposes and letters of credit entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (xi) banker’s liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens that are customary in the
banking industry and existing solely with respect to cash and other amounts on deposit in one or more accounts (including securities accounts and cash management arrangements) maintained by the Company, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the
Company; 
 (xii) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation,
unemployment insurance and other social security legislation; 
 (xiii) deposits to secure the performance of tenders, bids,
trade contracts and leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, surety bonds, insurance obligations, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 45 

 (xiv) minor defects or minor imperfections in title and zoning, land use and
similar restrictions and easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not materially detract
from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person; 

(xv) Liens securing judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.1(i), or securing appeal or other
surety bonds related to such judgments; 
 (xvi) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet
due or, which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(xvii) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to other Persons in the ordinary course of business which do not
(A) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Company, the Issuer, or any other Subsidiary of the Company or (B) secure any indebtedness for borrowed money; 

(xviii) any interest or title of (A) a lessor or sublessor under any lease or sublease or (B) a licensor or
sublicensor under any license or sublicense, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business, so long as such interest or title relate solely to the property or assets subject thereto; 

(xix) Liens of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-208 (or its equivalent)
of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction on items in the course of collection and documents and proceeds related thereto; 

(xx) Liens arising from precautionary filings of financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable
jurisdiction in respect of operating leases or consignments entered into by the Company, the Issuer, or any other Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business; 

(xxi) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto; 

(xxii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sales of goods entered
into by the Company, the Issuer, or any other Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 46 

 (xxiii) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a
matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; 
 (xxiv) Liens encumbering
reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and 

(xxv) other Liens (including successive extensions, renewals, alterations or replacements thereof) not excepted by clauses
(i) through (xxiv) above; provided that after giving effect thereto, Exempted Debt does not exceed the greater of (A) $150.0 million and (B) an amount such that, after giving effect to such other Liens, the Secured Net Debt
Ratio does not exceed 2.75 to 1.0, after giving effect to such Incurrence and the application of the proceeds therefrom. 
 (c) In the event
that a Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the clauses of Section 4.5(b), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall be permitted to classify such Lien (or portion thereof) at the time of its Incurrence in any manner that complies with
this Section 4.5. In addition, any Lien (or portion thereof) originally classified as Incurred pursuant to any clause of Section 4.5(b) may later be reclassified by the Issuer, in its sole discretion, such that it (or any portion thereof)
shall be deemed to be Incurred pursuant to any other of such clauses to the extent that such reclassified Lien (or portion thereof) could be Incurred pursuant to such clause at the time of such reclassification. 

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.5: 

(i) accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or original issue discount, the amortization of
debt discount and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of the Indebtedness secured by the relevant Lien; 

(ii) in determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the securing of Indebtedness, the U.S.
dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based upon the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred; and 

(iii) the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company, the Issuer, or any other Subsidiary of the Company may secure shall
not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 

  
 47 

 Section 4.6 Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions. 

(a) Neither the Company, the Issuer nor any of the Subsidiary Guarantors may engage in a transaction with any Person (other than the Company,
the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor) providing for the leasing by the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any Principal Property of the Company, the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor or any property which together with any other
property subject to the same transaction or series of related transactions would in the aggregate constitute a Principal Property of the Company, the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor, except for transactions (i) involving a lease which will not
exceed three years, including renewals (or which may be terminated by the Company, the Issuer or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor within a period of not more than three years), (ii) involving a lease of Principal Property executed by the time of,
or within 12 months after, the latest of the acquisition, completion of construction, or commencement of operations of such Principal Property, (iii) that were for the sale and leasing back to the Company, the Issuer or a Subsidiary any
Principal Property, and (iv) that were entered into prior to, or within 12 months of, the Issue Date (a “Sale/Leaseback Transaction”), unless the net proceeds of the sale or transfer of the property to be leased are at least equal to
the fair market value of such property and unless: 
 (i) this Indenture would have allowed the Company, the Issuer or any of
the Subsidiary Guarantors to create a Lien on such Principal Property to secure debt in an amount at least equal to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction without securing the Notes pursuant to the terms of
Section 4.5; or 
 (ii) within 360 days, the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor applies an amount equal to
the net proceeds of such sale or transfer to: 
 (A) the voluntary retirement of any Indebtedness of the Company or its
Subsidiaries maturing by its terms more than one year from the date of issuance, assumption or guarantee thereof, which is senior to or ranks equally with the Notes in right of payment and owing to a Person other than the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company; or 
 (B) the purchase of additional property that will constitute or form a part of Principal Property and
which has a fair market value at least equal to the net proceeds of such sale or transfer. 
 (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.6(a) above,
the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may enter into a Sale/Leaseback Transaction which would otherwise be subject to the restrictions of Section 4.6(a) above so as to create an aggregate amount of Attributable Debt after giving
effect thereto that does not, together with all Exempted Debt, exceed the greater of (A) $150.0 million and (B) an amount such that, after giving effect to such other Attributable Debt, the Secured Net Debt Ratio does not exceed 2.75 to
1.0, after giving effect to such Incurrence and the application of the proceeds therefrom. 

  
 48 

 (c) For purposes of this Section 4.6: 

(i) in determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the entering into of any Sale/Leaseback
Transaction, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Attributable Debt denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based upon the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Attributable Debt in respect of such
Sale/Leaseback Transaction was Incurred; and 
 (ii) the maximum amount of Attributable Debt that the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries may Incur in respect of any Sale/Leaseback Transaction shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 

Section 4.7 Limitation on Non-Guarantor Subsidiary Debt. 

(a) The Company shall not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries, other than the Issuer, that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (i) to
guarantee the obligations of, or become a co-borrower with, the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, under any Credit Facility of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) to
create, assume, Incur or issue any Material Indebtedness or guarantee any Material Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor, unless, in the case of clause (i) or (ii), within 30 days thereof, the Company causes
such Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary Guarantor by executing and delivering a Guarantee Agreement. 
 (b) Clause (ii) of
Section 4.7(a) shall not apply to the following items of Indebtedness: 
 (i) Indebtedness existing as of the Issue Date
and refinancing or replacement Indebtedness in respect thereof so long as the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon together with any
reasonable fees, premiums (including tender premiums) and expenses relating to such refinancing or replacement; 
 (ii)
Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into, amalgamated with, or is consolidated into, a Subsidiary of the Company, or which is assumed by a Subsidiary of the Company in connection with an acquisition of
substantially all the assets of such Person, so long as such Indebtedness was not created in anticipation of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or acquisition, and refinancing or replacement Indebtedness in respect thereof, so long as the
principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon together with any reasonable fees, premiums (including tender premiums) and expenses relating to
such refinancing or replacement; 

  
 49 

 (iii) Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary of the Company, so long as such Indebtedness was not incurred in anticipation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company, and refinancing or replacement Indebtedness in respect thereof, so long as the principal amount thereof
does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon together with any reasonable fees, premiums (including tender premiums) and expenses relating to such refinancing or
replacement; 
 (iv) purchase money obligations and refinancing or replacement Indebtedness in respect thereof, so long as
the principal amount thereof does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon together with any reasonable fees, premiums (including tender premiums) and expenses relating
to such refinancing or replacement; 
 (v) Indebtedness of the Company or the Issuer owing to and held by any Subsidiary of
the Company or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company owing to and held by the Company, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Company; 

(vi) Indebtedness owed in respect of any overdrafts and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash
management services, pooling arrangements or in connection with any automated clearinghouse transfers of funds; provided that such Indebtedness shall be repaid in full within five Business Days of the incurrence thereof; 

(vii) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees and similar instruments issued for the account of any
Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations under (i) workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) tenders, bids, trade contracts, leases (other
than capitalized lease obligations or synthetic lease obligations), statutory or regulatory obligations, surety bonds, insurance obligations, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature; 

(viii) Hedging Obligations entered into other than for speculative purposes and the financing of insurance premiums; and 

(ix) Indebtedness not excepted by clauses (i) through (viii) above in an amount in the aggregate at any time outstanding
not to exceed the greater of (i) $300.0 million and (ii) 30% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently completed Measurement Period on or prior to the date of determination. 

(c) In the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the clauses of Section 4.7(b), the Issuer, in its sole
discretion, shall be permitted to classify such Indebtedness (or portion thereof) at the time of its Incurrence in any manner that complies with this covenant. In addition, any Indebtedness (or portion thereof) originally classified as Incurred

  
 50 

 
pursuant to any clause of Section 4.7(b) may later be reclassified by the Issuer, in its sole discretion, such that it (or any portion thereof) will be deemed to be Incurred pursuant to any
other clause of Section 4.7(b) to the extent that such reclassified Indebtedness (or portion thereof) could be Incurred pursuant to such clause at the time of such reclassification. 

(d) Indebtedness Incurred under any clause of Section 4.7(b) by a Subsidiary that subsequently becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor shall cease
to be outstanding under such clause at such time as such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor until such time, if any, that the Issuer, in its sole discretion, elects to classify or reclassify such Indebtedness as Incurred under any of such
clauses to permit the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee as permitted under this Indenture. 
 (e) For
purposes of this Section 4.7: 
 (i) accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value or
original issue discount, the amortization of debt discount and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness; 

(ii) in determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S.
dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based upon the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred; provided, however, that if
such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance or replace other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing or replacement would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the
relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing or replacement, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing or replacement
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced; and 
 (iii) the maximum
amount of Indebtedness that the Company, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Company may Incur shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. 

Section 4.8 [Reserved]. 

Section 4.9 Change of Control Triggering Event. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder shall have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such
Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) in accordance with the terms contemplated in Section 4.9(b). 

  
 51 

 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, unless the Issuer has
previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.4, the Issuer shall mail a notice by first-class mail (or otherwise delivered in accordance with the Applicable Procedures)
to each Holder with copies to the Trustees (the “Change of Control Offer”) stating: 
 (i) that a Change of
Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof on the date of purchase, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); 

(ii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event; 

(iii) an expiration date (which shall be no earlier than 15 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed,
the “Expiration Date”) and a settlement date for purchase (the “Purchase Date”) not more than five Business Days after the Expiration Date); and 

(iv) the instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.9, that a Holder must follow in order
to have its Notes purchased. 
 (c) A Holder may tender all or any portion of its Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, subject to
the requirement that any portion of a Note tendered must be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Holders are entitled to withdraw Notes tendered up to the close of business on the Expiration Date. 

(d) The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if: (i) a third
party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and
not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer) or (ii) a notice of redemption that is or has become unconditional has been given pursuant to Section 3.4. 

(e) If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes
pursuant to a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described in clause (d) above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the
Issuer will have the right, upon not less than 15 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such
purchase at a purchase price in cash equal to 101.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

  
 52 

 (f) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering
Event, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control Triggering Event at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. 

(g) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations, including Canadian Securities Laws, in connection with the repurchase of Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
this Section 4.9, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.9 by virtue of its compliance with such securities laws or
regulations. 
 (h) On the Purchase Date, the purchase price will become due and payable on each Note accepted for purchase pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer, all Notes purchased by the Issuer under this Section 4.9 shall be delivered by the Issuer to the U.S. Trustee for cancellation and the Issuer shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
Holders entitled thereto. Interest on Notes purchased by the Issuer under this Section 4.9 shall cease to accrue on and after the Purchase Date. 

(i) At the time the Issuer delivers Notes to the U.S. Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuer shall also deliver an
Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.9. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the U.S. Trustee,
directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 

Section 5.1 Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets. 

(a) Neither the Company nor the Issuer shall consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer,
lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, directly or
indirectly, to any Person, and shall not permit any Person to consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into the Company or into the Issuer, as the case may be, unless: 

(i) the Company or the Issuer shall be the surviving company in any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, or, if the Company
or the Issuer consolidates with, amalgamates with or merges into another Person or conveys or transfers or leases its properties and assets substantially as an entirety, 

  
 53 

 
in one transaction or a series of related transactions, directly or indirectly, to any Person, such successor Person is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United
States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory thereof, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Germany or France; 

(ii) the successor Person, if other than the Company or the Issuer, as applicable, expressly assumes all of the Company’s
or the Issuer’s, as applicable, obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture; 

(iii) if the successor Person is not the Company or the Issuer, each Subsidiary Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the
transactions above) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall apply to such successor Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes; 

(iv) immediately after giving effect to the consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease, there exists no
Default or Event of Default; and 
 (v) the Company or the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustees an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture and that the Notes and Indenture
constitute valid and binding obligations of the successor Person, subject to customary exceptions; 
 (b) No Subsidiary Guarantor shall
consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, directly or
indirectly, to any Person, and shall not permit any Person to consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into such Subsidiary Guarantor, unless: 

(i) (A) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving or acquiring Person and remains organized under the laws of the United
States of America or any state thereof or in the District of Columbia or Canada or any province or territory thereof or, for any Subsidiary Guarantor organized outside of such jurisdictions, the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary
Guarantor; or (B) (1) the successor Person is an entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or Canada or any province or territory thereof or, for any
Subsidiary Guarantor organized outside of such jurisdictions, the jurisdiction of organization of the Subsidiary Guarantor with which the successor Person has consolidated, amalgamated or merged, (2) the successor Person, if other than the
Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes all of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture and (3) immediately after giving effect to the
consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease, there exists no Default or Event of Default; and 

  
 54 

 (ii) the Company or the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustees an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease, other disposition or such supplemental indenture (if any) complies with the requirements
of this Indenture and that the Subsidiary Guarantee and Indenture constitute valid and binding obligations of the successor Person, subject to customary exceptions; 

provided, however, that this Section 5.1 shall not apply to a transaction pursuant to which such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released
from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes in accordance with the limitations described in Section 10.6 and to any direct or indirect consolidation, amalgamation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of
properties and assets between or among the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the
sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of the properties and assets substantially as an entirety of one or more of the Company’s Subsidiaries, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such
Subsidiaries, would constitute the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety. 

The predecessor Person shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture and the successor Person shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or the Issuer under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of its property or assets substantially as an entirety, the predecessor Person shall not be released from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall be an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes: 

(a) default for 30 days in the payment of any interest on the Notes when due; 

(b) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at its stated maturity, upon optional redemption, upon
required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; 
 (c) the failure by the Issuer to comply with any of its obligations
under Section 4.9; 

  
 55 

 (d) the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor defaults in the performance of or
breaches any other covenant or agreement of the Company, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, in this Indenture (other than a failure to comply with clause (c) above) with respect to the Notes or any guarantee relating
thereto, as applicable, and such default or breach continues for a period of 60 days after written notice is given to the Issuer by the Trustees or to the Issuer and the Trustees by the Holders of 25.0% or more in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”; 

(e) the Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect except as otherwise permitted under this
Indenture or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or is disaffirmed by any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary; 

(f) the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy
Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case; 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or the filing by it of a petition or answer
or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law; 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 

(v) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; 

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

(g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief against the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary in an
involuntary case; 
 (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant
Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, the
Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary; or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 90 days; 

  
 56 

 (h) default under any Lien, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by
which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness of the Company, the Issuer or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness owed to the Company, the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Company, whether such Indebtedness exists on
the Issue Date or is created after the Issue Date, which default (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness (“Principal Payment Default”) or (ii) results in the acceleration of such
Indebtedness prior to its maturity (“Cross Acceleration Provision”) without such Indebtedness having been discharged or the acceleration having been cured, waived, rescinded or annulled, for a period of, in the case of clause (i) or
(ii) above, 30 days or more after written notice thereof to the Issuer by the Trustees or to the Issuer and the Trustees by the Holders of at least 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and, in each case, the principal amount
of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a principal payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $150.0 million (or its equivalent in
other currencies) or more; 
 (i) the taking or entering against the Company, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Company of a
judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $150.0 million (or its equivalent in other currencies) in the aggregate and such judgment or decree is not paid, vacated or discharged within a period of 90 days after such judgment or
degree becomes final and non-appealable; and 
 (j) the Company Guarantee ceases to be in full force
and effect, except as otherwise permitted under the Indenture, or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or is disaffirmed by the Company. 

The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary
or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,
winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law, including, without limitation, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act of Canada and the
United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 United States Code §§ 101 et seq. For the purposes of this Section 6.1, the term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any
Bankruptcy Law. 
 The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustees, within 30 days after obtaining knowledge of the occurrence thereof, written
notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto. 

  
 57 

 Section 6.2 Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.1(f) or (g)) occurs and is continuing, the U.S. Trustee (by written notice to the Issuer) or the Holders of not less than 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (by written notice to the Issuer and
the U.S. Trustee) may, and the U.S. Trustee at the written request of such holders shall, declare the principal amount of and premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations on the Notes to be due and payable
immediately. Upon that declaration, the principal amount, premium, if any, and interest shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(f) or (g) occurs, the principal, premium, if any, and
interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustees or any Holders. At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made, but
before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes by notice to either of the Trustees may rescind and annul that declaration of acceleration
and its consequences if the rescission and annulment would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of
acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 Section 6.3 Other
Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustees may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture. 
 Either of the Trustees may maintain a proceeding even if they do not possess any of the Notes or do not produce any of them in
the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustees or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy
is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 
 Section 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of
a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustees may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (b) a Default arising from the failure
to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected. When a Default is waived,
it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 
 Section 6.5
Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the U.S. Trustee or of exercising any trust or
power conferred on the U.S. Trustee. However, each Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.1, that each Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other
Holders or would involve each Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that each Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by such Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action
hereunder, each Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

  
 58 

 Section 6.6 Limitation on Suits. 

(a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, a Holder may not pursue any remedy
with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (i) such Holder has previously given to the Trustees written notice
stating that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (ii) the Holders of at least 25.0% in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes make a written request to the U.S. Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (iii) such Holder or Holders offer to each of the
Trustees security or indemnity satisfactory to each of them against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (iv) the U.S. Trustee
does not comply with the request within 90 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the U.S. Trustee; and 

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the U.S. Trustee a direction
inconsistent with the request during such 90-day period. 
 (b) A Holder may not use this Indenture
to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder, it being understood that neither of the Trustees has an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any actions or forbearances by a Holder are
unduly prejudicial to other Holders. In the event that the Definitive Registered Notes are not issued to any beneficial owner promptly after the Registrar has received a request from the Holder of a Global Note to issue such Definitive Registered
Notes to such beneficial owner of its nominee, the Issuer expressly agrees and acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to this Indenture, the right of such beneficial holder of Notes to pursue such remedy
with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial holder’s Notes as if such Definitive Registered Notes had been issued. 

Section 6.7 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder
to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.8 Collection Suit by U.S. Trustee. If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.1(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the U.S. Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and
owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7. 

  
 59 

 Section 6.9 Trustees May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustees may file such proofs
of claim and other papers or documents and take such other actions, including participating as members, voting or otherwise, of any committee of creditors appointed in the matter, as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
Trustees (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of each of the Trustees, their respective agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, the
Issuer, any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary Guarantor, their creditors or their property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing
similar functions, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustees and, in the event that the Trustees shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to
first pay to the Trustees any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustees, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustees under Section 7.7. 

Section 6.10 Priorities. If either Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money
or property in the following order: 
 FIRST: to each of the Trustees for amounts due under Section 7.7; 

SECOND: Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, ratably, and Applicable Premium (if any),
ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest and Applicable Premium (if any), respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including the Company or a Subsidiary
Guarantor, if applicable. 
 The U.S. Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this
Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the U.S. Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against either Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not
apply to a suit by the Issuer, a suit by either Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10.0% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 

  
 60 

 Section 6.12 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company, the Issuer and each
Subsidiary Guarantor agrees (to the extent it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any
time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company, the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of
any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustees, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEES

 Section 7.1 Duties of U.S. Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the U.S. Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the U.S. Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and
the U.S. Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the U.S. Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the U.S. Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of
the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon resolutions, statements, instruments, notices, directions, certificates and/or opinions furnished to the U.S. Trustee and conforming on their face to the requirements of this
Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the U.S. Trustee, the U.S. Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not
they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). The U.S. Trustee may (but shall in no way be obligated to) make further
inquiry or investigation into such facts or materials as it sees fit. 
 (c) The U.S. Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or bad faith or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this
subsection (c) shall not be construed to limit the effect of subsection (b) of this Section 7.1; 

  
 61 

 (ii) the U.S. Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
good faith by a Responsible Trust Officer, unless it shall be proved that the U.S. Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(iii) the U.S. Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least 25% in the principal amount of the outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the U.S. Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred upon the U.S. Trustee under this Indenture or believed by it to be authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

(d) Subject to this Article 7, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the U.S. Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any
of its rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes, the Company Guarantee or the Subsidiary Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the U.S. Trustee indemnity or security reasonably
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (e) The U.S. Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by
it except as the U.S. Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. 
 (f) Money held in trust by the U.S. Trustee need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law and except for money held in trust under Article 8. 
 (g) No provision of this
Indenture shall require the U.S. Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds
to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (h) Every
provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the U.S. Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of Article 7. 

Section 7.2 Rights of U.S. Trustee. 

(a) In the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, the U.S. Trustee may conclusively rely on any document, resolution,
statement, notice, direction, certificate and/or opinion believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. 

(b) Before the U.S. Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both
conforming to Section 11.4. The U.S. Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in conclusive reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

  
 62 

 (c) The U.S. Trustee may act through attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for
the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The U.S. Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the U.S. Trustee’s conduct does not constitute bad faith, willful misconduct or negligence. 

(e) The U.S. Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to
this Indenture and the Notes, including any Opinion of Counsel, shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance
with the advice or opinion of such counsel, including any Opinion of Counsel. 
 (f) The U.S. Trustee shall not be required to give any bond
or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
 (g) The U.S. Trustee shall not be bound to ascertain or
inquire as to the performance or observance of any covenants, conditions, or agreements on the part of the Issuer, but the U.S. Trustee may require of the Issuer full information and advice as to the performance of the covenants, conditions and
agreements contained herein. 
 (h) The permissive rights of the U.S. Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be
construed as a duty. 
 (i) Except for an Event of Default under Sections 6.1(a) or (b) hereof, the Trustees shall not be deemed to
have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless the U.S. Trustee has received from the Issuer or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding written notice thereof
at the Corporate Trust Office of the U.S. Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (j) The rights, privileges,
protections, immunities and benefits given to the U.S. Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the U.S. Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, the Canadian Trustee, the
Agents and each other agent, custodian and Person employed to act hereunder. The Canadian Trustee, if undertaking duties and obligations hereunder, shall be subject to the same standards, requirements, rights, privileges, protections, immunities and
benefits (to the extent applicable) applicable to the U.S. Trustee hereunder. 
 (k) In no event shall the U.S. Trustee be responsible or
liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or
terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the U.S. Trustee
shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

  
 63 

 (l) In no event shall the U.S. Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
punitive, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the U.S. Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form
of action. 
 (m) Any request or direction of the Issuer or other Person mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an
Officers’ Certificate or certificate of an Officer of such other Person and any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or of such other Person may be sufficiently evidenced by a board resolution certified by the secretary or
assistant secretary (or similar officer) of such Person. 
 (n) The U.S. Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate setting
forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which certificate may be updated and delivered to the U.S. Trustee at any time by the Issuer in its discretion.

 (o) If an Event of Default then exists, the U.S. Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in
it by this Indenture (other than the payment of any amounts on the Notes furnished to it pursuant to this Indenture) at the request, order or direction of the percentage of Holders specified herein (or any other person) unless such Holders (or such
other person) shall have furnished to (or caused to be furnished to) the U.S. Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities, including attorneys’ fees and expenses, that might be incurred by the
U.S. Trustee therein or thereby. 
 (p) Nothing in this Indenture shall require the U.S. Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk
or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (q) No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the
U.S. Trustee to take or omit to take any action, or suffer any action to be taken or omitted, in the performance of their duties or obligations under this Indenture, or to exercise any right or power thereunder, to the extent that taking or omitting
to take such action or suffering such action to be taken or omitted would violate applicable law binding upon them. 
 (r) The U.S. Trustee
may request that the Issuer deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be
signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as son authorized in any such Officers’ Certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 

  
 64 

 (s) To help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, the U.S. Trustee
will obtain, verify, and record information that identifies individuals or entities that establish a relationship or open an account with the U.S. Trustee. The U.S. Trustee will ask for the name, address, tax identification number and other
information that will allow the U.S. Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account. The U.S. Trustee may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation, an offering
memorandum, or other identifying documents to be provided. 
 (t) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any and all
communications (both text and attachments) by or from the U.S. Trustee that the U.S. Trustee in its sole discretion deems to contain confidential, proprietary, and/or sensitive information and sent by electronic mail will be encrypted. The recipient
of the email communication will be required to complete a one-time registration process. 

Section 7.3 Individual Rights of the U.S. Trustee. The U.S. Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner
or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not U.S. Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or any other agent of the U.S. Trustee may do the same with like rights. 

Section 7.4 U.S. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The U.S. Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any other Person
in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the U.S. Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 

Section 7.5 Notice of Defaults. Subject to Section 7.2(i), if a Default occurs and is continuing and is actually known to a
Responsible Trust Officer of a Trustee, that Trustee shall send to the other Trustee and each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default specified in Sections 6.1(a) or (b), a Trustee may withhold
from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if that Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 

Section 7.6 [Reserved]  

Section 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity. 

(a) The Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall pay to each of the Trustees from time to time such
compensation for its services as shall be agreed to in writing from time to time by the Company, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustees. Neither of the Trustee’s compensation shall be limited by any law on compensation of a
trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse each of the Trustees upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including
costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of each of the Trustees’ agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The
Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify each of the Trustees, their agents, representatives, officers, directors, employees and attorneys against any and all loss, liability,

  
 65 

 
damage, claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Issuer, a Subsidiary Guarantor, a Holder or any other person) or expense (including reasonable compensation and expenses and disbursements of
each of the Trustees’ counsel) arising out of or in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties, or in connection with the enforcement of any rights hereunder, or arising out of or in connection with the
exercise or performance of any of its rights or powers hereunder. Each Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by a Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its
obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and each of the Trustees shall provide reasonable cooperation in such defense. Each of the Trustees may have separate counsel of its selection and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and
expenses of such counsel reasonably acceptable to the Issuer; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if the Issuer assumes such defense unless there is a conflict of interest between the Issuer and
either of the Trustees in connection with such defense as determined by such Trustee in consultation with counsel or if there are additional or separate defenses available to such Trustee that are not available to the Issuer and the Issuer is unable
to assert any such defense on such Trustee’s behalf. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability, damage, claim or expense incurred by either a Trustee through its own
willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence. 
 (b) To secure the payment obligations of the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary
Guarantors in this Section 7.7, the Trustees shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustees, in its capacity as Trustees, other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and
interest, if any, on particular Notes. 
 (c) The Issuer’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the
resignation or removal of either of the Trustees and the discharge of this Indenture. When either of the Trustees incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(f) or (g) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses
are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 
 Section 7.8 Replacement of Trustees. 

(a) The Trustees may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice of such resignation to the Issuer and be discharged from the
trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove a Trustee by so notifying such Trustee and the Issuer 30 days prior in writing. The Issuer shall remove a
Trustee if: 
 (i) such Trustee is no longer eligible under Section 7.10; 

(ii) such Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to such Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (iii) a receiver or public officer takes charge of such Trustee or its property; or 

  
 66 

 (iv) such Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

(b) If a Trustee resigns or has been removed by the Holders, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee. Otherwise, if a Trustee resigns or is removed (and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee), or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee to replace it with another successor Trustee appointed by the
Issuer. The U.S. Trustee can only be replaced by another U.S. Trustee and the Canadian Trustee can only be replaced by another Canadian Trustee, unless the responsibilities and obligations of the U.S. Trustee and the Canadian Trustee have been
combined into a single trustee or the Canadian Trustee has been removed, in each case, pursuant to Section 9.1(a)(xiii). 
 (c) A
successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the
rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall send a notice of its succession to Holders, and include in the notice its name and address of its corporate trust office. The retiring Trustee shall promptly
transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7. 
 (d) If a
successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10,
any Holder of Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes. 

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.7
shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 Section 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger. 

(a) If either the Canadian Trustee or U.S. Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its
corporate trust business or assets to, another Person, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee Person is otherwise eligible under this Indenture, be the successor
Canadian Trustee or U.S. Trustee, as applicable. 
 (b) In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation to either the Canadian Trustee or U.S. Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the U.S. Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any applicable predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time 

  
 67 

 
any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the U.S. Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor
to the U.S. Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which the Notes provide or this Indenture provides that the certificate of the U.S. Trustee shall have. 

Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 

(a) There shall at all times be one or more Trustees under this Indenture, at least one of whom shall at all times be a corporation organized
and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state or of the District of Columbia or a corporation or other person permitted to act as trustee by the SEC, which (1) is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust
powers, and (2) is subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, or District of Columbia authorities. 
 (b) Such Trustee
shall have at all times a combined capital and surplus of not less than $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

(c) The rights, powers, duties, and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustees or any of them shall be conferred or imposed upon and
exercised or performed by such Trustee and such co- trustees jointly, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed, such Trustee shall be
incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties, and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such co-trustees. 

Section 7.11 No Liability for Co-Trustee. 

No Trustee appointed hereunder shall be personally liable or responsible by reason of any act or omission of any other Trustee hereunder. 

Section 7.12 Limitation on Trustees’ Liability. 

Except as provided in this Article 7, in accepting the trusts hereby created, the entities acting as Trustees are acting solely as Trustees
hereunder and not in their individual capacity and, except as provided in this Article 7, all Persons having any claim against either of the Trustees by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture or any Note shall look only to the
Issuer for payment or satisfaction thereof. 
 ARTICLE 8 

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.1 Discharge of Liability On Notes; Defeasance. 

(a) When (i) the Issuer delivers to the U.S. Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.8) for
cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Notes not previously delivered to the U.S. Trustee for cancellation: have become due and payable, will become due and payable whether at their stated maturity within one year or are to

  
 68 

 
be called for redemption within one year as a result of a mailing of a notice of irrevocable redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof, and the Company, the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor
irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the U.S. Trustee, in trust, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof (such amount to be certified in the case of U.S. Government Obligations by a nationally recognized firm of
independent accountants, a nationally recognized investment bank or a nationally recognized appraisal or valuation firm, with customary assumptions expressing their opinion to the effect that the payments of principal and interest when due and
without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes to
maturity or redemption, as the case may be) sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the U.S. Trustee for cancellation (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.8), for the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of the deposit or to the stated maturity or redemption, as the case may be, then this Indenture and all of the Issuer’s obligations in respect of the Notes shall, subject to
Section 8.1(c), cease to be of further effect, and the Issuer shall be deemed to have satisfied and discharged the Indenture and all of its obligations in respect of the Notes. The Trustees shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture on demand of the Issuer accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Issuer. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer will continue to be obligated to pay all other sums due under
the Indenture to the Trustees. 
 (b) Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.2, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations
under the Notes and this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Article 4 (with the exception of Sections 4.1 and 4.3) and Article 5 and the operation of Sections 6.1(c), 6.1(d) (with respect to Sections
4.2, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8 and 4.9), 6.1(e), 6.1(f), 6.1(g), 6.1(h) and 6.1(i) (but, in the case of Sections 6.1(f) and 6.1(g), with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries and the Subsidiary Guarantors) (“covenant defeasance option”). The
Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. 
 If the Issuer
exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default
specified in Sections 6.1(c), 6.1(d) (with respect to Sections 4.2, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7,4.8 and 4.9), 6.1(e), 6.1(f), 6.1(g), 6.1(h) and 6.1(i) (but, in the case of Sections 6.1(f) and 6.1(g), with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries and the
Subsidiary Guarantors) or because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Article 5. If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all its obligations with
respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustees
shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuer terminates. 

  
 69 

 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer’s rights and obligations
in Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 7.7, 7.8 and this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s rights and obligations in Sections 7.7 and 8.4 shall survive. 

Section 8.2 Conditions to Defeasance. 

(a) The Issuer or the Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if: 

(i) the Company or the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the U.S. Trustee money in an amount sufficient or U.S.
Government Obligations, the principal of and interest on which shall be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient to pay the principal of, and premium (if any), and interest, on the Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be,
including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date; 
 (ii) the Company or the Issuer delivers to the U.S.
Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, a nationally recognized investment bank or a nationally recognized appraisal or valuation firm, with customary assumptions expressing their opinion to the
effect that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient
to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (iii) the Company
or the Issuer delivers to the Trustees an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that the beneficial owners of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of the defeasance or covenant
defeasance and the defeasance or covenant defeasance will not otherwise alter those beneficial owners’ Canadian federal income tax treatment of principal and interest payments on the notes; 

(iv) such defeasance or covenant defeasance does not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any
indenture or other agreement or instrument for borrowed money to which the Company is a party or by which the Issuer is bound (other than a default or event of default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and any
simultaneous deposit relating to other indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 
 (v)
no Default or Event of Default under this Indenture has occurred and is continuing after giving effect to such defeasance or covenant defeasance (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such
deposit and any simultaneous deposit relating to other indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 

  
 70 

 (vi) the Issuer is not an “insolvent person” within the meaning of
the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and is not insolvent, unable to pay its debts in full or on the eve of insolvency under applicable provincial law on the date of such deposit; 

(vii) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company or the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustees an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (B) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance
and that such defeasance will not otherwise alter those beneficial owners’ United States federal income tax treatment of principal and interest payments on the Notes; 

(viii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company or the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustees an Opinion
of Counsel to the effect that the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result such defeasance and that such defeasance will not otherwise alter those beneficial
owners’ United States federal income tax treatment of principal and interest payments on the Notes; and 
 (ix) the
Company or the Issuer delivers to the Trustees an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent to such defeasance or covenant defeasance as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied
with. 
 (b) In connection with any defeasance or covenant defeasance involving a redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable
Premium, the amount deposited with the U.S. Trustee as provided in Section 8.2(a)(i) in respect of such Applicable Premium shall be sufficient if equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of deposit, with any deficit as of the
date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the U.S. Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption. Any Applicable Premium Deficit shall be set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate delivered to the U.S. Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit shall be applied toward such redemption. 

Section 8.3 Application of Trust Money. The U.S. Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with
it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of, interest (if any) and Additional Amounts
(if any) on the Notes. 

  
 71 

 Section 8.4 Repayment to Issuer. The U.S. Trustee and the Paying Agent shall
promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustees
(which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this
Article. 
 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the U.S. Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon request any
money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors. 

Section 8.5 Reinstatement. If the U.S. Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the U.S. Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the
Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the U.S. Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENTS

 Section 9.1 Without Consent of Holders. 

(a) The Company, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustees may enter into supplemental indentures that amend, waive or supplement
the terms of this Indenture, the Notes, the Company Guarantee or the Subsidiary Guarantees without notice to or consent of any Holder for the following specific purposes: 

(i) to evidence the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor
under this Indenture, the Notes, the Company Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantees; 
 (ii) to add guarantees with respect
to the Notes or release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture as permitted by this Indenture; 

(iii) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustees for the benefit of the Holders; 

(iv) to surrender any right or power this Indenture may confer on the Company or the Issuer; 

  
 72 

 (v) to add to the covenants made in this Indenture for the benefit of the
Holders of all Notes (as determined in good faith by the Issuer); 
 (vi) to make any change that does not adversely affect
the rights of any Holder in any material respect (as determined in good faith by the Issuer); 
 (vii) to add any additional
Events of Default; 
 (viii) to secure the Notes, the Company Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee; 

(ix) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by additional or successor Trustees with respect to the Notes;

 (x) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture; 

(xi) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Company Guarantee or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision
contained under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision contained under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim
recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes, the Company Guarantee or the Subsidiary Guarantees (as determined in good faith by the Issuer); 

(xii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the
Issue Date; 
 (xiii) if permitted by applicable law, to combine the responsibilities and obligations of the U.S. Trustee and
the Canadian Trustee into a single trustee for all purposes of this Indenture and the Notes or to remove the Canadian Trustee, subject to the assumption of the Canadian Trustee’s obligations under this Indenture by the U.S. Trustee; 

(xiv) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer, legending and delegending of Notes as
permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance, administration and book-entry transfer of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result
in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law, including Canadian Securities Laws, and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes
(except as may be required to comply with securities laws); or 
 (xv) to supplement any provisions of this Indenture
necessary to defease and discharge the Notes or this Indenture (in accordance with Article 8 herein); provided that such action does not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Notes in any material respect (as determined in good faith
by the Issuer). 

  
 73 

 (b) After an amendment under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail
to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section. 

Section 9.2 With Consent of Holders; Waiver. 

(a) The Company, the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustees may modify and amend any of this Indenture, the Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees with the written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer
or exchange offer for, such Notes). However, no modification or amendment may, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby: 

(i) change the stated maturity of the principal of, or any installment of interest payable on, the outstanding Notes; 

(ii) reduce the principal amount of, or the rate of interest on, any outstanding Notes or the premium, if any, payable upon the
redemption thereof that would be due and payable upon redemption of such Note (other than the provisions pursuant to Section 4.9) or would be provable in bankruptcy, or adversely affect any right of repayment of the Holder of the outstanding
Notes; 
 (iii) reduce the amount of principal of Notes payable upon acceleration of the maturity thereof; 

(iv) change the place of payment or the coin or currency in which the principal of or premium, if any, or the interest on the
outstanding Notes is payable; 
 (v) impair any Holder’s right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest on the outstanding Notes on or after the due dates therefor or any Holder’s right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to the outstanding Notes; 

(vi) modify the Subsidiary Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not
including modifications necessary to give effect to any of the provisions set forth in Section 10.6 or Section 4.7); 

(vii) reduce the percentage of the Holders of the outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend this Indenture, to waive
compliance with any provision of this Indenture or certain Defaults and consequences of the Defaults or to reduce the quorum or voting requirements set forth in this Indenture; 

  
 74 

 (viii) release the Company from any of its obligations under the Company
Guarantee or this Indenture or modify the Company Guarantee in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes; or 
 (ix)
modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.2 or any of the provisions relating to the waiver of certain past defaults or provisions of this Indenture, except to increase the required percentage to effect such action or to provide that
certain other provisions may not be modified or waived without the consent of all of the Holders of Notes. 
 (b) It shall not be necessary
for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

(c) After an amendment under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such
amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section. 

(d) Subject to Sections 9.1(a) and 9.2(a), the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may,
on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, waive (including, without limitation, by consent obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) compliance by the Company or the Issuer with any provision of
this Indenture. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, waive (including, without limitation, by consent obtained in connection with a purchase
of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) past defaults by the Company or the Issuer under certain covenants of this Indenture which relate to the Notes. However, a default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on, any of the Notes or relating to a provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected may not be so waived. 

Section 9.3 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. 

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of
the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s
Note or portion of the Note if the Trustees receive written notice of revocation at the Corporate Trust Office of the U.S. Trustee before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall
bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer or the Trustees of the requisite number of consents, (ii) satisfaction of the conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any
indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or Guarantee Agreement) by the Issuer and the Trustees. 

  
 75 

 (b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph,
those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons
continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 

Section 9.4 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the U.S. Trustee may require the Holder
of the Note to deliver it to the U.S. Trustee. The U.S. Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the U.S. Trustee so determines, the Issuer in
exchange for the Note shall issue and the U.S. Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 

Section 9.5 Trustees To Sign Amendments, etc. Each of the Trustees shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized
pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of such Trustee. If it does, such Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustees shall be entitled to
receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment is authorized or
permitted by this Indenture and complies with the provisions hereof and is legally valid and binding against the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors. 

ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES 

Section 10.1 Guarantees. 

(a) The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby jointly and severally irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee to each Holder and to the
Trustees and their respective successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture (including
obligations to the Trustees) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, or interest on in respect of the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and (ii) the full and punctual
performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the
“Guaranteed Obligations”). The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor further agree that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from the Company and each such Subsidiary
Guarantor, and that the Company and each such Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 

  
 76 

 (b) The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor waive presentation to, demand of payment from
and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waive notice of protest for nonpayment. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor waive notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of
the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustees to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer or any other Person under this
Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise, (ii) any extension or renewal of any thereof, (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other
agreement, (iv) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations or (vi) any change in the ownership of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor. 

(c) The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waive any right to which they may be entitled to have their respective obligations
hereunder divided among the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as applicable, such that the Company’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor
hereby waive any right to which they may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuer first be used and depleted as payment of the Company’s, the Issuer’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being
claimed from or paid by the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waive any right to which they may be entitled to require that the Issuer be sued prior to an action being initiated against
the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 (d) The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor further agree that their Company Guarantee or
Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, herein constitute a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waive any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustees to any
security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 (e) Except as expressly set forth in Section 8.1(b), 10.2 and 10.6, the
obligations of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall
not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be discharged
or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustees to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any
default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 

  
 77 

 (f) Subject to Section 10.6, the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor agree that their
Company Guarantee or Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor further agree, subject to Section 10.6, that
their Company Guarantee or Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is
rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustees upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise. 

(g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustees have at law or in equity against
the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or
otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby promise to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustees, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the
Holders or the Trustees an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and
(iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuer to the Holders and the Trustees. 
 (h) The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor
agree that they shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment or discharge in full of all Guaranteed Obligations other than obligations for fees
and expenses. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor further agree that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustees, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated
as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of the Company Guarantee or any Subsidiary Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby,
and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Company or such
Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.1. 
 (i) The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor also agree to pay any and
all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustees or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1. 

(j) Upon request of the Trustees, the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such
further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 Section 10.2
Limitation on Liability. Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not exceed the
maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent 

  
 78 

 
conveyance or fraudulent transfer or voidable transaction or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. This Indenture does not apply to any liability to the extent that it would
result in this Indenture constituting unlawful financial assistance within the meaning of s. 678 or s. 679 of the Companies Act 2006 of the United Kingdom. 

Section 10.3 Successors and Assigns. This Article 10 shall be binding upon the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor and their
successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustees and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustees, the rights and privileges conferred upon
that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 

Section 10.4 No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustees or the Holders in exercising any right,
power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustees and
the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 

Section 10.5 Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any
departure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustees, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for
the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in any case shall entitle the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 Section 10.6 Release of Guarantor. Each of the guarantors, other than the Company, may be released upon the occurrence of
certain conditions. A Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under this Article 10 (other than any obligation that may have arisen under Section 10.7) upon: 

(a) 
 (i) the
release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations as a guarantor under the Senior Credit Facilities (other than in connection with payment in full of such Senior Credit Facilities) or in respect of such other debt that caused it to become a
Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 4.7, so long as such Subsidiary Guarantor would not then otherwise be required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.7; 

(ii) the sale, issuance or other disposition of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger,
amalgamation or consolidation) such that such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving
effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary, so long as such sale, issuance or other disposition of Capital Stock is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; 

  
 79 

 (iii) immediately prior to or following the dissolution of such Subsidiary
Guarantor; or 
 (iv) the Issuer exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option pursuant to Article
8 or if the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (b) the
Company, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustees an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied
with, except in the case of a merger, consolidation or amalgamation of a Subsidiary Guarantor into or with the Company or the Issuer; and 

(c) at the request of the Issuer, the Trustees shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release (in the form
provided by the Issuer). 
 Section 10.7 Execution of Guarantee Agreement for Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Issuer shall
cause each Subsidiary which is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.7 to within the time period specified therein execute and deliver to the Trustees a Guarantee Agreement pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall
become a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such Guarantee Agreement, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustees an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with except in the case of a merger, consolidation or amalgamation of a Subsidiary Guarantor into or with the Company or
the Issuer. 
 Section 10.8 Non-Impairment. The failure to endorse a Company Guarantee
or a Subsidiary Guarantee on any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof. 
 Section 10.9 Contribution. The Company
and each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment under its Company Guarantee or Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from the Company and
each Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to the Company’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of the Company and all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment
determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 ARTICLE 11 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 11.1 [Reserved]. 

  
 80 

 Section 11.2 Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and
delivered in person or mailed by first class mail addressed as follows: 
 if to the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor: 

Open Text Holdings, Inc. 
 2950
South Delaware Street, Suite 400 
 San Mateo, CA 94403 

Phone: (650) 645-3000 

with copies to: 
 Cleary Gottlieb
Steen & Hamilton LLP 
 One Liberty Plaza 

New York, New York 10006 

Attention: Craig B. Brod 

Facsimile: 212-225-3999 

and 
 Blake, Cassels &
Graydon LLP 
 199 Bay Street, Suite 4000 

Commerce Court West 
 Toronto,
Ontario, Canada M5L 1A9 
 Attention: Chris Hewat 

Facsimile: 416-863-2653 

if to the U.S. Trustee: 
 The
Bank of New York Mellon 
 240 Greenwich Street, 7th Floor East 

New York, NY 10286 
 Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration 
 Facsimile: 212-815-5366

 Telephone: (212) 815-2274 

if to the Canadian Trustee: 
 BNY
Trust Company of Canada 
 1 York Street, 6th Floor 

Toronto, Ontario M5J 0B6 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 

Facsimile: (416) 360-1711 

Email: csmtoronto@bnymellon.com 

Telephone: (416) 933-8500 

The Company, the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustees by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications. 

  
 81 

 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the
Holder’s address as it appears on the Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
 Failure to
mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to
receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustees, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any
action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to
a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the giving
of such notice. 
 If the Issuer sends a notice or communication to the Holders, it shall mail a copy to each of the Trustees at the same
time. 
 Section 11.3 Trustee Instructions. The Trustee shall have the right to accept and act upon instructions, including
funds transfer instructions (“Instructions”) given by the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture and delivered using unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods (including pdf files) (“Electronic
Means”); provided, however, that the Issuer shall provide to the Trustee an incumbency certificate listing officers with the authority to provide such Instructions (each, an “Authorized Officer”) and containing specimen
signatures of such Authorized Officers, which incumbency certificate shall be amended by the Issuer whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Issuer elects to give the Trustee Instructions using Electronic Means and the
Trustee elects to act upon such Instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such Instructions shall be deemed controlling. The issuer understands and agrees that the Trustee cannot determine the identity of the actual sender of such
Instructions and that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Instructions that purport to have been sent by an Authorized Officer listed on the incumbency certificate provided to the Trustee have been sent by such Authorized Officer. The Issuer
shall be responsible for ensuring that only Authorized Officers transmit such Instructions to the Trustee and that the issuers and all Authorized Officers are solely responsible to safeguard the use and confidentiality of applicable user and
authorization codes, passwords and/or authentication keys upon receipt by the issuers. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such
Instructions notwithstanding such Instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees: (a) to assume all risks arising out of the use of Electronic Means to submit Instructions to the Trustee, including
without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized Instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties; and (b) to notify the Trustee immediately upon learning of any compromise or unauthorized use of the security
procedures. 

  
 82 

 Section 11.4 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any
request or application by the Issuer to the Trustees to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture (except for authentication of the Notes by the Trustees on the Issue Date, which shall not require an Opinion of Counsel), the Issuer
shall furnish to the Trustees: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees (which
shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.5) to the effect that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with;
and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees (which shall include the statements set forth
in Section 11.5) to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 

Section 11.5 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant
or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (a) a statement to the effect that the individual making such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition and the related definitions; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement to
the effect that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with. 

Section 11.6 When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred
in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, the Issuer, any Subsidiary Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, the Issuer or any
Subsidiary Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustees shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustees know
are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 

Section 11.7 Rules by U.S. Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The U.S. Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a
meeting of Holders. The Canadian Trustee, Registrar or the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

  
 83 

 Section 11.8 Business Days. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment
shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 

Section 11.9 Governing Law. This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the
State of New York. This Indenture provides that the Company, the Issuer, the Trustees, and each Holder by its acceptance hereof, irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby. 
 Section 11.10
No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or of any stockholder of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, either directly or through the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in
respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation whether by virtue of any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise. By accepting a
Note, each Holder shall waive and release all and all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

Section 11.11 Successors. All agreements of the Company, the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes
shall bind its successors. All agreements of either of the Trustees in this Indenture shall bind each of its respective successors. 

Section 11.12 Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties
hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of all the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes other than the U.S. Trustee’s
signature on the certificate of authentication on each Note. 
 Section 11.13 Table of Contents; Headings. The table of
contents, cross reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or
provisions hereof. 
 Section 11.14 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO, AND EACH HOLDER OF SECURITIES BY ITS ACCEPTANCE
THEREOF, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. 

  
 84 

 Section 11.15 Force Majeure. In no event shall either of the Trustees be
responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of their obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts
of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the
Trustees shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

Section 11.16 USA Patriot Act Compliance. To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities,
federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Person who opens an account. For a non-individual Person such as a business entity, a charity, a
trust or other legal entity, the Trustees will ask for documentation to verify its formation and existence as a legal entity. The Trustees may also ask to see financial statements, licenses, identification and authorization documents from
individuals claiming authority to represent the entity or other relevant documentation. The Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors agree to provide all such information and documentation as to themselves as requested by the U.S. Trustee
to ensure compliance with federal law. 
 Section 11.17 Submission to Jurisdiction. 

The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor not organized in the United States shall appoint Corporation Service Company as its agent for
service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture, the Notes, the Company Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantees and for actions brought under the U.S. federal or state securities laws brought in any U.S. federal
or state court located in the Borough of Manhattan in the County and City of New York. The Company, the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of the U.S. federal or state courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the County and City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes, the Company Guarantee and the
Subsidiary Guarantees and for actions brought under the U.S. federal or state securities laws. Service of any process on Corporation Service Company in any such action (and written notice of such service to the Issuer) shall be effective service of
process against the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor not organized in the United States with respect to any such suit, action or proceeding. The Company, the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives any
objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. A final judgment in any such suit, action or
proceeding brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company, the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor and may be enforced in any other courts to whose jurisdiction the Issuer is or may be subject, by suit upon judgment. The
Company, the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that nothing herein shall affect any Holder’s right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or bring a suit action or proceeding (including a proceeding
for enforcement of a judgment) in any other court or jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. 

  
 85 

 Section 11.18 Waiver of Immunity. 

To the extent that each of the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues
may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to each of the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the
giving of any relief in any such legal action, suit or proceeding, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any Canadian, New York state or U.S. federal court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from
attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced,
with respect to the obligations and liabilities of each of the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, each of the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary
Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives or will waive such right to the extent permitted by applicable law, and agrees not to plead or claim, any such immunity and consent to such relief and enforcement. 

Section 11.19 Conversion of Currency. 

If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due under this Indenture to the Holder from U.S.
dollars to another currency, the Company, the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor has agreed, and each Holder by holding such Note will be deemed to have agreed, to the fullest extent that the Company, the Issuer, each Subsidiary Guarantor and they
may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures such Holder could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in New York City, New York on the Business Day preceding the
day on which final judgment is given. 
 The Company’s, the Issuer’s and Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations to any Holder
will, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than U.S. dollars, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Holder or the U.S. Trustee, as the case may be, of any
amount in such Judgment Currency, such Holder may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the U.S. dollars so purchased is less than the amount originally to be paid to such
Holder or the U.S. Trustee in the Judgment Currency (as determined in the manner set forth in the preceding paragraph), as the case may be, each of the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees, as a separate
obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Holder and the U.S. Trustee, as the case may be, against any such loss. If the amount of the U.S. dollars so purchased is more than the amount originally to be paid to such Holder or
the U.S. Trustee, as the case may be, such Holder or the U.S. Trustee, as the case may be, will pay the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, such excess; provided that such Holder or the U.S. Trustee, as the case may be, shall not have
any obligation to pay any such excess as long as a Default under the Notes or this Indenture has 

  
 86 

 
occurred and is continuing or if the Company, the Issuer or the Subsidiary Guarantors shall have failed to pay any Holder or the U.S. Trustee any amounts then due and payable under such Note or
this Indenture, in which case such excess may be applied by such Holder or the U.S. Trustee to such Obligations. 
 [Signatures on
following page] 

  
 87 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
date first written above. 
  

			
	Open Text Holdings, Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer

  

					
	Open Text Corporation
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name:	 	Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

  

			
	Open Text Canada Ltd.
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer
	
	Open Text ULC
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President
	
	Open Text SA ULC
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President

  
 88 

 
			
	Vignette Partnership LP
	
	By: Open Text Canada Ltd., its General Partner
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer
	
	Open Text Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer
	
	GXS, Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer
	
	GXS International, Inc.
		
	By	 	/s/ Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Name: Madhu Ranganathan
		 	Title:   President and Treasurer

  
 89 

 
			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as U.S. Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/ Bhawna Dhayal
		 	Name: Bhawna Dhayal
		 	Title:   Authorized Signatory
	
	BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as Canadian Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/ Bhawna Dhayal
		 	Name: Bhawna Dhayal
		 	Title:   Vice-President

  

  
 90 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [Global
Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK
CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE
LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS
AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT (AS DEFINED BELOW)) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT
IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.] 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF
ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH
TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 

  
 A-1 

 [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE
HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] 

[[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE
OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S,] 

ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED
IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE U.S. TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF
THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED
(“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY 

  
 A-2 

 
WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY OR ANY
INTEREST HEREIN WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS. 

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER CANADIAN SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THE SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS FOUR
MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) [INSERT THE ORIGINAL DISTRIBUTION DATE OF THE NOTES]; AND (II) THE DATE THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA. 

  
 A-3 

			
	No.	  	$

 4.125% Senior Note due 2030 

CUSIP No. [                ]1 
 ISIN No.
[                ]2 

OPEN TEXT HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, promises to pay to
[                ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of                Dollars
(as such sum may be increased or decreased as reflected on the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto) on February 15, 2030. 

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15. 

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	1	 Rule 144A: 683720AA4 

Regulation S: U6840PAA0 

	2	 Rule 144A: US683720AA42 

Regulation S: USU6840PAA04 

  
 A-4 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	OPEN TEXT HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-5 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

Dated: 
  

			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
		
		 	as U.S. Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 A-6 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

4.125% Senior Note due 2030 
 1.
Interest 
 Open Text Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (such corporation, and its successors and
assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on
February 15 and August 15 of each year. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from February 18, 2020
until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

For purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever any interest or fee under the Notes or the Indenture is calculated using a rate
based on a number of days less than a full year, such rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar
year in which the period for which such interest or fee is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by the number of days based on which such rate is calculated. The principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any
interest calculation under the Notes or the Indenture. The rates of interest stipulated in the Notes and the Indenture are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields. 

2. Method of Payment 

The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on
the February 1 or August 1 preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The
Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note
(including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor Depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect
of a Definitive Registered Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each
Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with
a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the U.S. Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for
payment (or such other date as the U.S. Trustee may accept in its discretion). 

  
 A-7 

 3. Paying Agent and Registrar 

Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon (the “U.S. Trustee”), shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated wholly owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent (prior to an Event of Default) or Registrar. 

4. Indenture 
 The Issuer
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of February 18, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Open Text Corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and the Trustees. Terms defined in the
Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture and Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such
terms and provisions. 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. The Issuer shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes
pursuant to Section 2.15 of the Indenture. The Original Notes (as defined in the Indenture) and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability
of the Company, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, create or incur Liens, and enter into certain Sale/Leaseback Transactions. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary
Guarantors to consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its property. 

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the
Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have jointly and severally
unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
 5. Optional
Redemption 
 Except as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Indenture and in the following paragraphs of this Section 5, the Notes
shall not be redeemable at the option of the Issuer prior to February 15, 2025. 
 On and after February 15, 2025, the Issuer
shall be entitled at its option on one or more occasions to redeem all or a portion of the Notes (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes Additional Notes, if any) at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount
on the redemption date), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 15 of the years set forth below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2025
	  	 	102.063	% 
	 2026
	  	 	101.375	% 
	 2027
	  	 	100.688	% 
	 2028 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 A-8 

 In addition, at any time prior to February 15, 2025, the Issuer may at its option on
one or more occasions redeem in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 40.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes Additional Notes, if any) originally issued at a redemption price
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 104.125%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date), with the net cash proceeds from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings; provided, however, that (a) at least 50% of such aggregate principal amount of Notes (excluding any Additional Notes, if any) originally issued
under the Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (b) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of the related Qualified Equity Offering. 

Prior to February 15, 2025, the Issuer shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes (which, for the avoidance
of doubt, includes Additional Notes, if any) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the redemption date (subject to the right of
Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 Any redemption may, at the
Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, which will be set forth in the related notice of redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of a Qualified Equity Offering, other offering or financing or other
transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice will describe each such condition, and if applicable, will state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption
date may be delayed until such time (provided, however, that any redemption date will not be more than 60 days after the date of the notice of redemption) as any or all such conditions will be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such
notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions will not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the redemption date as so delayed. If any such condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Issuer will provide
written notice to the U.S. Trustee prior to the close of business one Business Day prior to the redemption date. Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded or delayed, and the redemption of the Notes shall be rescinded
or delayed as provided in such notice. Upon receipt, the U.S. Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given. 

6. Sinking Fund 
 The
Notes are not subject to any sinking fund. 
 7. Notice of Redemption 

Notice of any redemption pursuant to Section 5 above shall be mailed by first-class mail (or otherwise delivered in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures) at least 15 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed (or otherwise delivered in

  
 A-9 

 
accordance with the Applicable Procedures) more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of
the Indenture. Any inadvertent defect in the notice of redemption, including an inadvertent failure to give notice, to any Holder selected for redemption shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note redeemed in
accordance with provisions of the Indenture. Notes in denominations of $2,000 or less may be redeemed in whole but not in part. 
 If any
Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. We will issue a new Note in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the
original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. With respect to registered Notes issued in global form, the principal amount of such Note or
Notes will be adjusted in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. Notes held in certificated form must be surrendered to the Paying Agent in order to collect the redemption price. Unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the redemption price,
on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. 
 8. Repurchase of Notes
at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control Triggering Event 
 In accordance with Section 4.9 of the Indenture, the Issuer
shall be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event. Any Holder of Notes shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Issuer to repurchase all or
any part of the Notes of such Holder at a purchase price equal to 101.0% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may
transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustees may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes
required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to
transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of such notes, for a period of 15 days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of such Notes to be redeemed in part, for a period of 15 days
prior to the record date with respect to any interest payment date applicable to such Notes; or which the Holder has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer. 

  
 A-10 

 10. Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

11. Unclaimed Money 
 If
money for the payment of principal, interest, or Applicable Premium (if any) remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustees and the Paying Agent shall pay the money to the Issuer upon its written request unless an applicable abandoned property law
designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustees and the Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 

12. Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes
and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the U.S. Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes) and (ii) any
default may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Issuer,
the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustees may amend the Indenture or the Notes: (i) to evidence the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes, the
Company Guarantee or a Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, in compliance with Article 5 of the Indenture; (ii) to add guarantees with respect to the Notes or release a the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its
Company Guarantee or Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, or the Indenture as permitted by the Indenture; (iii) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustees for benefit of the Holders of the Notes;
(iv) to surrender any right or power the Indenture may confer on the Issuer; (v) to add to the covenants made in the Indenture for the benefit of the Holders of all Notes (as determined in good faith by the Issuer); (vi) to make any change
that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect (as determined in good faith by the Issuer); (vii) to add any additional Events of Default; (viii) to secure the Notes, the Company Guarantee or any Subsidiary
Guarantee; (ix) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by additional or successor Trustees with respect to the Notes; (x) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture; (xi) to conform the text of
the Indenture, the Notes, the Company Guarantee or the Subsidiary Guarantees to any provision contained under the heading “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision contained under the heading
“Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Company Guarantee or the Subsidiary Guarantees (as determined in good faith by the Issuer); (xii) to

  
 A-11 

 
provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the Issue Date; (xiii) if permitted by applicable law, to combine the
responsibilities and obligations of the U.S. Trustee and the Canadian Trustee into a single trustee for all purposes of the Indenture and the notes or to remove the Canadian Trustee, subject to the assumption of the Canadian Trustee’s
obligations under the Indenture by the U.S. Trustee; (xiv) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer, legending and delegending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation, to
facilitate the issuance, administration and book-entry transfer of the Notes; provided, however, that (A) compliance with the Indenture as so amended would not result in the Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities
Act or any applicable securities law, including Canadian Securities Laws, and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer the Notes (except as may be required to comply with securities laws);
and (xv) to supplement any provisions of the Indenture necessary to defease and discharge the Notes or the Indenture (in accordance with the defeasance or discharge provisions, of the Indenture), provided that such action does not
adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Notes in any material respect (as determined in good faith by the Issuer). 
 14.
Defaults and Remedies 
 Under the Indenture, Events of Default include: (a) default for 30 days in the payment of any interest
on the Notes when due; (b) default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, on the Notes when due at its stated maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required purchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; (c) the
failure by the Issuer to comply with any of its obligations under Section 4.9 of the Indenture; (d) the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor defaults in the performance of or breaches any other covenant or agreement of the
Company, the Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, in the Indenture (other than a failure to comply with Section 6.1(c) of the Indenture) with respect to the Notes or any guarantee relating thereto, as applicable, and such default
or breach continues for a period of 60 days after written notice is given to the Issuer by the Trustees or to the Issuer and the Trustees by the Holders of 25.0% or more in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes specifying such default
or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” as defined in the Indenture; (e) the Company Guarantee or the Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force
and effect except as otherwise permitted under the Indenture or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or is disaffirmed by the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary; (f) certain events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization; (g) certain accelerations (including failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other Indebtedness of the Issuer if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $150.0 million;
(h) certain judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $150.0 million; and (i) the Company Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect, except as otherwise permitted under the Indenture or is declared null and void
in a judicial proceeding or is disaffirmed by the Company. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the U.S. Trustee (by written
notice to the Issuer) or the Holders of not less than 25.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (by written notice to the Issuer and the U.S. Trustee) may, and the U.S. Trustee at the written request of such Holders shall, declare
the principal amount of and premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations on the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which shall result in
the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default. 

  
 A-12 

 Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Each
Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustees in their exercise of
any trust or power. The Trustees may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders. 

15. Trustees Dealings with the Issuer 

Each Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal
with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
 16. No Recourse Against Others 

A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or of any stockholder of the
Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, either directly or through the Company, the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may
be, under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation whether by virtue of any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or by
any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all and all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

17. Authentication 
 This
Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the U.S. Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

18. Abbreviations 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

19. Governing Law 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
 A-13 

 The Indenture provides that the Issuer, the Trustees, and each Holder by its acceptance
thereof, irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture, the Notes or any transaction contemplated thereby. 

20. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 

The Issuer has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustees to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices
of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers
placed thereon. 
 The Issuer shall furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the
Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 

  
 A-14 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign
and transfer this Note to 
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 

and irrevocably appoint                agent to transfer this Note on the
books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

			
	
                   
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                     

		
	Date:
                                         
                           	  	Your Signature:
                                         
                                         
                  

  
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of
this Note. 
 Signature Guarantee*: 
  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustees). 

  
 A-15 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE 

OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 

This certificate relates to $                principal amount
of Notes held in (check applicable space)                book-entry
or                definitive form by the undersigned. 
 The
undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 	☐	 has requested the U.S. Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global
Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with
the Indenture; or 

  

	 	☐	 has requested the U.S. Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such
Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

					
	(1)	  	☐	  	to the Issuer or subsidiary thereof; or
			
	 (2)
	  	 ☐
	  	under a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) or a prospectus qualified under Canadian Securities Laws; or
			
	(3)	  	☐	  	for so long as the Notes are eligible for resale under Rule 144A, to a person seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer that is purchasing for its own account or the account of another qualified buyer that is
purchasing for its own account or for the account of another qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or
			
	(4)	  	☐	  	through offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act and in compliance with Canadian Securities Laws;
or
			
	(5)	  	☐	  	under any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act or an exemption from the prospectus requirement under Canadian Securities Laws.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the U.S. Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced
by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5) is checked, the Issuer or the U.S. Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal
opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer or the U.S. Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of
the Securities Act of 1933. 

  
 A-16 

 
	
	
	 Your Signature

 Signature of Signature Guarantee 

Date:                         
                        
  

	
	
	 Signature of Signature Guarantor

  
  

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company, the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the
transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	Dated:	 		 		 	 
		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer
				
		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:

 Signature Guarantee*: 
  

	*	 Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to
the Trustee). 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

  
 A-17 

 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is
$[                ]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of
this Global
Note	  	Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of
this Global
Note	  	Principal
amount of
this Global
Note following
such decrease
or increase	  	Signature of
authorized
signatory of
U.S. Trustee
or Custodian

  
 A-18 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.9 (Change of Control Triggering Event) of the
Indenture, check the box: 
  

	 	☐	 Change of Control Triggering Event 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Indenture, state the amount
($2,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): 
 $ 

Date:
                                         
        
  

	
	 Your Signature:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         

	 (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

	
	 Signature Guarantee:
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                 

	 Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature
guarantor acceptable to the U.S. Trustee

  
 A-19 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE] 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of
[            ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of OPEN TEXT CORPORATION (or its successor), a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (the
“Company”), OPEN TEXT HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Issuer”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as the U.S. trustee, and BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as the Canadian Trustee (together, the
“Trustees”) under the indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H : 

WHEREAS the Company, the Issuer and the existing Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) have heretofore
executed and delivered to the Trustees an Indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of February 18, 2020, providing for the issuance of 4.125% Senior Notes due 2030 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS Section 4.7 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to
execute and deliver to the Trustees a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set
forth herein and under the Indenture; and 
 WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustees, the Issuer and the New
Guarantor are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustees mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with the Company and all the existing Subsidiary
Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the
Notes. 
 3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture
is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes
heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 

  
 B-1 

 4. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 5. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE NEW GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEES HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE COMPANY GUARANTEE, THE
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. 
 6. Trustees Make No Representation. Neither of the
Trustees makes any representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 7. Counterparts. The parties
may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or
..pdf transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile
or .pdf shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are
for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof.3 
  

 

	3 	 Note: This Supplemental Indenture may include provisions specific to the jurisdiction of incorporation of the
New Guarantor as determined in good faith by the Company in consultation with local counsel. 

  
 B-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NEW GUARANTOR],
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	OPEN TEXT HOLDINGS, INC.,
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as U.S. Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	BNY TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as Canadian Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 B-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00304-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00304-of-00352.parquet"}]]